Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

questions+about+the+case

  • 41 aclarar

    v.
    1 to rinse (enjuagar). (peninsular Spanish)
    María aclaró su cabello Mary rinsed her hair.
    2 to clarify, to explain.
    aclaremos una cosa let's get one thing clear
    María aclarará los puntos mañMaría Mary will clarify the points tomorrow.
    3 to make lighter (color).
    el sol aclara el pelo the sun makes one's hair lighter
    4 to thin (down) (lo espeso) (chocolate, sopa).
    Pedro aclara la mezcla para pastel Peter thins the cake mixture.
    5 to become clear, to become brighter, to brighten, to clear.
    Aclarará dentro de un rato It will become clear in a while.
    6 to filter.
    Mario aclara el destilado Mario filters the distilled liquid.
    7 to make it clear for, to explain, to make clear for.
    * * *
    1 (cabello, color) to lighten, make lighter
    2 (líquido) to thin (down)
    3 (enjuagar) to rinse
    4 (explicar) to explain; (poner en claro) to make clear, clarify
    5 figurado (mejorar) to improve
    ■ las zanahorias aclaran la vista carrots improve your eyesight, carrots are good for your eyes
    1 (mejorar el tiempo) to clear (up)
    1 (entender) to understand
    2 (explicarse) to explain oneself
    3 (decidirse) to make up one's mind
    4 (Used only in the 3rd person; it does not take a subject) (el tiempo) to clear (up)
    \
    aclarar la voz to clear one's throat
    * * *
    verb
    1) to clarify, explain
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=explicar) [+ suceso, motivo] to clarify; [+ duda, malentendido] to clear up; [+ misterio] to solve

    • le he escrito para aclarar las cosas — I've written to him to make things clear

    • aclarar que — to make it clear that

    2) Esp [+ ropa, vajilla, pelo] to rinse
    3) (=diluir) [+ pintura, salsa] to thin, thin down
    4) (=hacer más claro) [+ color, pelo] to make lighter, lighten
    5) [+ bosque] to clear
    2. VI
    1) (=amanecer) to get light
    2) (=despejarse las nubes) to clear up

    en cuanto aclare, saldremos — as soon as it clears up, we'll go out

    3) Esp (=enjuagar) to rinse
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo impersonal
    a) ( amanecer)

    cuando nos levantamos estaba aclarando — dawn o day was breaking when we got up

    b) ( escampar) to clear up
    2.
    a) día ( empezar) to break, dawn
    b) tiempo/día ( escampar) to clear up
    3.
    1) ( quitar color a) to lighten
    2) < ideas> to get... straight; < duda> to clear up, clarify
    3)
    a) < salsa> to thin
    b) <vegetación/bosque> to clear
    4) (Esp) <ropa/vajilla> to rinse
    4.
    aclararse v pron
    1)
    2) (Esp fam)
    a) ( entender) to understand

    a ver si nos aclaramos — let's see if we can sort things out o get things straight

    b) ( decidirse) to make up one's mind
    * * *
    = clarify, elucidate, qualify, rinse, sort out, shed + light (on/upon), throw + light on, make + the point that, spell out, explicate, make + explicit, clear up, shed + understanding, cast + light on, bring + clarity (to), get to + the bottom of, unravel, get to + the root of, rinse off.
    Ex. The examples above should serve also to clarify the relationship between the authority entry and the reference entry.
    Ex. An abstract may also serve to elucidate an unclear title.
    Ex. Common facets may be listed anywhere in the schedule order, because they are facets that, although only listed once can be applied anywhere in the citation order, as required to qualify the concept to which they apply.
    Ex. After treatment with NM2P a drawing is rinsed several times with acetone.
    Ex. It is true that assignments were being heaped upon him with immense rapidity, but he would be able to sort them out and contrive solutions.
    Ex. This article aims to cover tools that shed light on what the stakes might be in getting involved with CD-ROM technology = Este artículo intenta analizar las herramientas que nos aclaren cuáles podrían ser los riesgos de involucrarse con la tecnología del CD-ROM.
    Ex. It may be that a study of such associations might throw further light on the kinds of relationship we need to cater for in our index vocabularies.
    Ex. However, they do make the very important point that the notation is not an essential part of the scheme.
    Ex. Certain obligations of public and university libraries and publicly supported library networks often are also spelled out in statutory form.
    Ex. Sometime around the turn of the century the American library community decided against continuing its analysis of the periodical literature that we find so well explicated in the printed catalogs of Enoch Pratt and other major libraries at that time.
    Ex. The author stresses the need to distinguish between fact and opinion and to make explicit all sorts of assumptions and vaguenesses that tend to cloud the view.
    Ex. What they will not do is clear up the foggy area in most cataloguers' minds, the area that leads to an inconsistent application of half-understood principles'.
    Ex. The author aims to shed a little understanding on the general nature of archives in order to expose certain misconceptions.
    Ex. The results cast light on the changing nature of information handling in the new environment.
    Ex. A woman suspected to have lost her virginity is made to undergo a series of medical examinations to bring clarity to her situation.
    Ex. He does not always get to the bottom of the questions raised in this ambitious study.
    Ex. Patents abstracting is a special skill, involving not only a technical knowledge, but also a facility for unravelling the special legalistic jargon in which patents abound.
    Ex. One of them snipped Ben Kline's life short, and Marla's determined to get to the root of a case that's anything but cut and dried.
    Ex. The only thing that rinsing off baby carrots will do is remove any dirt that might be on the surface -- it won't wash away any bacteria.
    ----
    * aclarar el pelo = lighten + Posesivo + hair.
    * aclarar el sentido = clarify + meaning.
    * aclarar las cosas = set + the record straight.
    * aclarar las ideas de Uno = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * aclarar lo que sucedió = get + Posesivo + story straight, get + Posesivo + story right.
    * aclarar los detalles = work out + details.
    * aclarar lo sucedido = get + Posesivo + story straight, get + Posesivo + story right.
    * aclararse = become + apparent, get + Posesivo + story straight, get + Posesivo + story right, fall into + place.
    * aclarar una confusión = unravel + snarl.
    * aclarar una cuestión = clarify + matter, clarify + issue.
    * aclarar un asunto = clarify + matter.
    * aclarar un concepto = clarify + idea, clarify + concept.
    * aclarar un malentendido = clear up + misunderstanding.
    * aclarar un misterio = unravel + mystery.
    * aclarar un objetivo = clarify + objective.
    * aclarar un problema = clear up + problem.
    * aclarar un punto = clarify + point.
    * tiempo + aclararse = weather + clear.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo impersonal
    a) ( amanecer)

    cuando nos levantamos estaba aclarando — dawn o day was breaking when we got up

    b) ( escampar) to clear up
    2.
    a) día ( empezar) to break, dawn
    b) tiempo/día ( escampar) to clear up
    3.
    1) ( quitar color a) to lighten
    2) < ideas> to get... straight; < duda> to clear up, clarify
    3)
    a) < salsa> to thin
    b) <vegetación/bosque> to clear
    4) (Esp) <ropa/vajilla> to rinse
    4.
    aclararse v pron
    1)
    2) (Esp fam)
    a) ( entender) to understand

    a ver si nos aclaramos — let's see if we can sort things out o get things straight

    b) ( decidirse) to make up one's mind
    * * *
    = clarify, elucidate, qualify, rinse, sort out, shed + light (on/upon), throw + light on, make + the point that, spell out, explicate, make + explicit, clear up, shed + understanding, cast + light on, bring + clarity (to), get to + the bottom of, unravel, get to + the root of, rinse off.

    Ex: The examples above should serve also to clarify the relationship between the authority entry and the reference entry.

    Ex: An abstract may also serve to elucidate an unclear title.
    Ex: Common facets may be listed anywhere in the schedule order, because they are facets that, although only listed once can be applied anywhere in the citation order, as required to qualify the concept to which they apply.
    Ex: After treatment with NM2P a drawing is rinsed several times with acetone.
    Ex: It is true that assignments were being heaped upon him with immense rapidity, but he would be able to sort them out and contrive solutions.
    Ex: This article aims to cover tools that shed light on what the stakes might be in getting involved with CD-ROM technology = Este artículo intenta analizar las herramientas que nos aclaren cuáles podrían ser los riesgos de involucrarse con la tecnología del CD-ROM.
    Ex: It may be that a study of such associations might throw further light on the kinds of relationship we need to cater for in our index vocabularies.
    Ex: However, they do make the very important point that the notation is not an essential part of the scheme.
    Ex: Certain obligations of public and university libraries and publicly supported library networks often are also spelled out in statutory form.
    Ex: Sometime around the turn of the century the American library community decided against continuing its analysis of the periodical literature that we find so well explicated in the printed catalogs of Enoch Pratt and other major libraries at that time.
    Ex: The author stresses the need to distinguish between fact and opinion and to make explicit all sorts of assumptions and vaguenesses that tend to cloud the view.
    Ex: What they will not do is clear up the foggy area in most cataloguers' minds, the area that leads to an inconsistent application of half-understood principles'.
    Ex: The author aims to shed a little understanding on the general nature of archives in order to expose certain misconceptions.
    Ex: The results cast light on the changing nature of information handling in the new environment.
    Ex: A woman suspected to have lost her virginity is made to undergo a series of medical examinations to bring clarity to her situation.
    Ex: He does not always get to the bottom of the questions raised in this ambitious study.
    Ex: Patents abstracting is a special skill, involving not only a technical knowledge, but also a facility for unravelling the special legalistic jargon in which patents abound.
    Ex: One of them snipped Ben Kline's life short, and Marla's determined to get to the root of a case that's anything but cut and dried.
    Ex: The only thing that rinsing off baby carrots will do is remove any dirt that might be on the surface -- it won't wash away any bacteria.
    * aclarar el pelo = lighten + Posesivo + hair.
    * aclarar el sentido = clarify + meaning.
    * aclarar las cosas = set + the record straight.
    * aclarar las ideas de Uno = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * aclarar lo que sucedió = get + Posesivo + story straight, get + Posesivo + story right.
    * aclarar los detalles = work out + details.
    * aclarar lo sucedido = get + Posesivo + story straight, get + Posesivo + story right.
    * aclararse = become + apparent, get + Posesivo + story straight, get + Posesivo + story right, fall into + place.
    * aclarar una confusión = unravel + snarl.
    * aclarar una cuestión = clarify + matter, clarify + issue.
    * aclarar un asunto = clarify + matter.
    * aclarar un concepto = clarify + idea, clarify + concept.
    * aclarar un malentendido = clear up + misunderstanding.
    * aclarar un misterio = unravel + mystery.
    * aclarar un objetivo = clarify + objective.
    * aclarar un problema = clear up + problem.
    * aclarar un punto = clarify + point.
    * tiempo + aclararse = weather + clear.

    * * *
    aclarar [A1 ]
    1
    (amanecer): cuando nos levantamos estaba aclarando dawn o day was breaking when we got up, it was starting to get light when we got up
    2 (escampar) to clear up
    si aclara, podemos salir if the weather o if it clears up, we can go out
    vi
    1 «día» (empezar) to break, dawn
    2 «día/tiempo» (escampar) to clear up
    ■ aclarar
    vt
    A ‹color› to lighten
    B
    1 ‹duda/problema› to clarify
    intentaré aclarárselo I'll try to clarify it for you, I'll try to explain it to you
    me aclaró varias dudas que tenía she clarified several points I wasn't sure of, she cleared up several queries I had
    no pudo aclararme nada sobre el tema she couldn't throw any light on the subject
    quiero aclarar que yo no sabía nada sobre el asunto I want to make it clear that I didn't know anything about the matter
    2 ( Chi) ‹persona› ( fam) to tell … straight, tell … a few home truths ( colloq)
    C
    1 ‹salsa› to thin
    2 ‹vegetación/bosque› to clear
    D ( Esp) (enjuagar) ‹ropa/vajilla› to rinse; ‹pelo› to rinse
    1 ‹pelo› to lighten
    se aclaraba el pelo she lightened her hair
    2
    aclararse la voz to clear one's throat
    3
    ( Esp fam) «persona»: explícamelo otra vez, sigo sin aclararme explain it to me again, I still haven't got it straight o I still don't understand
    comparemos las listas, a ver si nos aclaramos let's compare the lists and see if we can sort things out o get things straight
    no me aclaro con esta máquina I can't work out how to use this machine, I can't get the hang of this machine ( colloq)
    lleva una borrachera que no se aclara he's so drunk he doesn't know what's going on
    tengo un sueño que no me aclaro I'm so tired I can't think straight
    unos días de descanso para aclararme las ideas a few days' rest to get my ideas straight
    * * *

     

    aclarar ( conjugate aclarar) v impers
    a) ( amanecer):


    cuando nos levantamos estaba aclarando dawn o day was breaking when we got up

    verbo intransitivo

    b) [tiempo/día] ( escampar) to clear up

    verbo transitivo
    1 ( quitar color a) to lighten
    2 ‹ ideas› to get … straight;
    ‹ duda› to clear up, clarify;
    ◊ quiero aclarar que … I want to make it clear that …

    3 (Esp) ‹ropa/vajilla› to rinse
    aclararse verbo pronominal
    1

    2 (Esp fam) ( entender) to understand;
    ◊ a ver si nos aclaramos let's see if we can sort things out o get things straight

    aclarar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (hacer comprensible) to clarify, explain: deberían aclarar las cosas entre ellos, they should clear things up among themselves
    2 (suavizar color) to lighten, make lighter
    3 (quitar el jabón) to rinse
    II v impers Meteor to clear (up)
    ' aclarar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    despejar
    - determinar
    - judicialmente
    - ir
    English:
    air
    - bleach
    - clarify
    - clear
    - clear up
    - elucidate
    - explain
    - illuminate
    - inquest
    - lighten
    - meaning
    - rinse
    - straight
    - straighten out
    - talk over
    - sort
    - straighten
    - thin
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. Esp [enjuagar] to rinse
    2. [explicar] to clarify, to explain;
    aclaremos una cosa let's get one thing clear;
    eso lo aclara todo that explains everything;
    ¿me podría aclarar ese último punto? could you clarify o explain that last point for me?
    3. [color] to make lighter;
    el sol aclara el pelo the sun makes your hair lighter
    4. [lo espeso] [chocolate, sopa] to thin (down);
    [bosque] to thin out;
    aclaró la pintura con un poco de aguarrás she thinned the paint with a little turpentine
    ♦ v impersonal
    ya aclaraba [amanecía] it was getting light;
    [se despejaba] the sky was clearing;
    la tarde se fue aclarando it brightened up during the afternoon
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 duda, problema clarify, clear up
    2 ropa, vajilla rinse
    II v/i
    1 de día break, dawn
    2 de tiempo clear up
    * * *
    1) clarificar: to clarify, to explain, to resolve
    2) : to lighten
    3)
    aclarar la voz : to clear one's throat
    1) : to get light, to dawn
    2) : to clear up
    * * *
    1. (clarificar) to clarify [pt. & pp. clarified]
    2. (dudas) to clear up
    3. (color) to lighten
    4. (enjuagar) to rinse
    5. (mejorar el tiempo) to clear up

    Spanish-English dictionary > aclarar

  • 42 γίνομαι

    γίνομαι (in the form γίγνομαι [s. below] Hom.+; as γίν. since Aristot.+; and s. Kühner-Bl. II p. 391; Schwyzer I 215; KBrugmann4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 126; Mayser p. 165 and lit. there). Impf. ἐγινόμην; fut. γενήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐγενόμην, 3 sg. opt. γένοιτο; very rare v.l. (B-D-F §81, 3) γενάμενος (GJs 6:1; 16;1; 25:1 [s. deStrycker 249]; also found in Ps.-Callisth. 1, 20, 1; 1, 41, 11; ApcEsdr 1:3 p. 24, 7 Tdf.; Mel., P. 49, 346 [Bodm.]). Pass.: fut. ptc. τῶν γενηθησομένων (Eccl 1:11 v.l.); 1 aor. ἐγενήθην (Doric, H. Gk.; Phryn. 108 Lob.; pap fr. III B.C., Mayser I/22 ’38, 157f [w. lit.]; ins [Schweizer 181; Nachmanson 168; Thieme 13]; LXX), impv. γενηθήτω; pf. γεγένημαι (Meisterhans3-Schw.: Att. ins since 376 B.C.; Mayser 391) uncontested use in NT only J 2:9; GJs 24:3 (γεγένν-pap); apolog. On pf. γέγονα s. Meisterhans3-Schw.: since 464 B.C.; Mayser 372; on the aoristic use of γέγονα s. Mlt. 145f; 238; 239; PChantraine, Histoire du parfait grec 1927, 233–45; 3 pl. γέγοναν Ro 16:7 (v.l. γεγόνασιν) and Rv 21:6; s. KBuresch, Γέγοναν: RhM 46, 1891, 193ff; Mlt. 52 n.; ptc. γεγονώς; plpf. 3 sg. ἐγεγόνει (1 Macc. 4:27; 2 Macc. 13:17; J 6:17; Just.), without augment γεγόνει (Ac 4:22; v.l. ἐγεγόνει), s. B-D-F §78; Mlt-H. 190. On the variation γίνομαι and γίγνομαι s. W-S. §5, 31; B-D-F §34, 4; Mlt-H. 108. A verb with numerous nuances relating to being and manner of being. Its contrast to the more static term εἰμί can be seen in Kaibel 595, 5 οὐκ ἤμην καὶ ἐγενόμην=I was not and then I came to be (cp. Ath. 4, 2 in 3 below).
    ① to come into being through process of birth or natural production, be born, be produced (SIG 1168, 6; Epict. 2, 17, 8; Wsd 7:3; Sir 44:9; Just., A I, 13, 3; Tat. 26, 2) J 8:58; w. ἔκ τινος foll. (Diod S 3, 64, 1; Appian, Basil. 5 §1; Parthenius 1, 4; Athen. 13, 37 p. 576c ἐξ ἑταίρας; PPetr III, 2, 20; PFlor 382, 38 ὁ ἐξ ἐμοῦ γενόμενος υἱός; 1 Esdr 4:16; Tob 8:6; Jos., Ant. 2, 216) Ro 1:3; Gal 4:4 (cp. 1QS 11:21). Also of plants 1 Cor 15:37. Of fruits ἔκ τινος be produced by a tree Mt 21:19 (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 13 ὁ ἐκ τ. χώρας γιγνόμενος σῖτος). W. ἀπό τινος foll. Ox 1081 (SJCh), 11 γε̣[ινόμε]νον, 14 γέγ[ονος], 14f γε[ι]νομεν[ον], 19 γέγονος.
    ② to come into existence, be made, be created, be manufactured, be performed
    ⓐ gener. ὸ̔ γέγονεν J 1:3c (s. ref. to Vawter, below); w. διά τινος vs. 3a (MTeschendorf, D. Schöpfungsged. im NT: StKr 104, ’32, 337–72). W. χωρίς τινος vs. 3b (IAndrosIsis, Cyrene 15 [103 A.D.] Ἐμοῦ δὲ χωρὶς γείνετʼ οὐδὲν πώποτε; Cleanthes, Hymn to Zeus 15 [Stoic. I 537=Coll. Alex. no. 1 p. 227] οὐδέ τι γίγνεται ἔργον σοῦ δίχα; note the related style 1QH 1:20; on the syntax of J 1:3f see BVawter, CBQ 25, ’63, 401–6, who favors a full stop after οὐδὲ ἕν, s. εἷς 2b and lit. cited there on J 1:3). W. ἔκ τινος Hb 11:3. Of cult images διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι made w. hands Ac 19:26 (cp. PRyl 231, 3 [40 A.D.] τοὺς ἄρτους γενέσθαι). Of miracles: be done, take place (Tob 11:15; Wsd 19:13 v.l. Swete) Mt 11:20f, 23; Lk 10:13; Ac 8:13. ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο on whom this miracle had been performed 4:22. W. mention of the author διά τινος (cp. 4 Macc 17:11) 2:43; 4:16, 30; 12:9; 24:2. διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Mk 6:2; Ac 14:3. ὑπό τινος (Herodian 8, 4, 2; OGI 168, 46 [115 B.C.] τὰ γεγονότα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς φιλάνθρωπα; UPZ III, 3, 7 [116 B.C.]; PTebt 786, 14 [II B.C.]; Wsd 9:2; Jos., Ant. 8, 111; 347; Just., D. 35, 8 τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ [Jesus] καὶ νῦν γινομένων δυνάμεων) Lk 9:7 v.l.; 13:17; 23:8; Eph 5:12. Of commands, instructions be fulfilled, performed γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου thy will be done (Appian, Liby. 90 §423 τὸ πρόσταγμα δεῖ γενέσθαι; Syntipas p. 25, 3 γενέσθω τὸ αἴτημα) Mt 6:10; 26:42; Lk 11:2; cp. 22:42. γέγονεν ὸ̔ ἐπέταξας your order has been carried out 14:22. γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν that their demand should be granted 23:24. Of institutions: be established, the Sabbath for the sake of humans Mk 2:27 (Crates, Ep. 24 οὐ γεγόνασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τ. ἵππων χάριν, ἀλλʼ οἱ ἵπποι τ. ἀνθρώπων).
    ⓑ w. mention of the special nature of an undertaking: ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί in order to have such action taken in my case 1 Cor 9:15. ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ τί γένηται; what will be done when it (the wood) is dry? Lk 23:31.
    ③ come into being as an event or phenomenon from a point of origin, arise, come about, develop (Alcaeus 23 Diehl2 [320 L-P.] καί κʼ οὐδὲν ἐκ δένος γένοιτο=nothing could originate from nothing; Ath. 4:2 τὸ ὸ̓ν οὐ γίνεται ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ ὸ̓ν)
    ⓐ of events or phenomena in nature (Sir 40:10; Ex 10:22; Job 40:23; Jos., Ant. 9, 36): lightning, thunder (X., An. 3, 1, 11) J 12:29; Rv 8:5; 11:19; calm (on the sea) Mt 8:26; Mk 4:39; Lk 8:24; storm Mk 4:37; a cloud (cp. Jos., Ant. 9, 36) 9:7; Lk 9:34; Hv 4, 3, 7; flood Lk 6:48; earthquake (Parian Marbles [III B.C.]=FGrH: 239B, 24) Mt 8:24; 28:2; Ac 16:26; Rv 6:12; 11:13; 16:18; darkness Mt 27:45; Mk 15:33; Lk 23:44; J 6:17; hail, fire Rv 8:7. Of a dawning day ὅτε δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο (cp. περὶ ἀρχομένην ἡμέραν ‘about dawn’ Jos., Vi 15: in a related story of shipwreck) Ac 27:39.
    ⓑ of other occurrences (Arrian, Anab. 4, 4, 3 τὰ ἱερὰ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο=the sacrifice did not turn out [favorably]; 1 Macc 1:25; 4:58; 9:27; 13:44; Jdth 7:29; 14:19 al.): complaining Ac 6:1; persecution, oppression Mt 13:21; 24:21; Mk 4:17; 13:19; Ac 11:19; discussion J 3:25; Ac 15:7; tumult Mt 26:5; 27:24; GJs 21:1 and 25:1; a sound Ac 2:2, 6; weeping 20:37; clamor 23:9; Mt 25:6; AcPl Ha 4, 6; famine Lk 4:25; 15:14; Ac 11:28; ὁρμή (q.v.) 14:5; war Rv 12:7; sharp contention Ac 15:39; tear (in a garment) Mt 9:16; Mk 2:21; Lk 6:49; silence (s. σιγή) Ac 21:40; Rv 8:1; στάσις (q.v. 2) Lk 23:19; Ac 15:2; 23:7, 10; concourse 21:30; confusion 19:23; shout, loud voice 2:6; 19:34; Rv 11:15; dispute Lk 22:24; envy, strife 1 Ti 6:4; astonishment AcPl Ha 4, 25; joy 6, 3; prayer 6, 7; offering 6, 37.
    ⓒ of the various divisions of a day (Jdth 13:1; 1 Macc 5:30; 4 Macc 3:8 al.) γενομένης ἡμέρας when day came (Jos., Ant. 10, 202, Vi. 405) Lk 4:42; Ac 12:18; 16:35; 23:12; cp. Lk 6:13; 22:66; Ac 27:29, 33, 39. Difft. Mk 6:21 γενομένης ἡμέρας εὐκαίρου when a convenient/opportune day arrived. ὀψέ (cp. Gen 29:25; 1 Km 25:37) 11:19. ὀψίας γενομένης Mt 8:16; 14:15, 23; 16:2; 26:20; 27:57; Mk 1:32; 6:47; 14:17; 15:42; cp. J 6:16. πρωί̈ας Mt 27:1; J 21:4. νύξ Ac 27:27. ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης when it had grown late Mk 6:35; cp. 15:33; Lk 22:14; Ac 26:4.
    ④ to occur as process or result, happen, turn out, take place (Dicaearch., Fgm. 102 W.: a campaign ‘takes place’; Diod S 32 Fgm. 9c τὰς εἰς τ. πατέρα γεγενημένας ἁμαρτίας=the misdeeds ‘perpetrated’ against his father; 2 Macc 1:32; 13:17; 3 Macc 1:11; 4:12; 5:17 al.)
    ⓐ gener. τοῦτο ὅλον γέγονεν all this took place w. ἵνα foll. Mt 1:22; 26:56. ἕως ἂν πάντα γένηται until all has taken place (=is past) 5:18. πάντα τὰ γενόμενα everything that had happened (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 121 §508 τὰ γενόμενα; 1 Esdr 1:10; Jdth 15:1; 1 Macc 4:20; 2 Macc 10:21; 3 Macc 1:17) 18:31; cp. 21:21; 24:6, 20, 34; 26:54; 27:54; 28:11; Mk 5:14. ἴδωμεν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τὸ γεγονός let us see this thing that has taken place Lk 2:15 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 15 [Stone p. 40]) θανάτου γενομένου since a death has occurred, i.e. since he has died Hb 9:15. τούτου γενομένου after this had happened (Jos., Ant. 9, 56; 129) Ac 28:9. τὸ γεγονός what had happened (Diod S 12, 49, 4; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 18 §496; Jos., Ant. 14, 292) Lk 8:34; 24:12. τὰ γεγονότα AcPl Ha 11, 1.—μὴ γένοιτο strong negation, in Paul only after rhet. questions (cp. TestJob 38:1; JosAs 25:8; Epict., index p. 540e; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 1, 2, Dial. Meretr. 13, 4; Achilles Tat. 5, 18, 4; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 27) by no means, far from it, God forbid (Goodsp., Probs., 88; AMalherbe, HTR 73, ’80, 231–41) Lk 20:16; Ro 3:4, 6, 31; 6:2, 15; 7:7, 13; 9:14; 11:1, 11; 1 Cor 6:15; Gal 2:17; 3:21. In more extensive phrasing (the LXX has exx. only of this usage: Gen 44:17; 3 Km 20:3 al.; cp. Josh 22:29; Demosth. 10, 27; Alciphron 2, 5, 3 al.; Ael. Aristid. 23, 80 K.=42 p. 795 D.; 30 p. 578 D.; 54 p. 679 ὸ̔ μὴ γένοιτο) Gal 6:14; w. ἵνα foll. AcPl Ha 7, 40. τί γέγονεν ὅτι (cp. Eccl 7:10) why is it that J 14:22.—Of festivals: be held, take place, come (X., Hell. 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια; 4, 5, 1; 4 Km 23:22f; 2 Macc 6:7) feast of dedication J 10:22; passover Mt 26:2; sabbath Mk 6:2; wedding J 2:1.—Abs. impv. (put twice for emphasis as Lucian, Pisc. 1 βάλλε, βάλλε; Philostrat., Ep. 35, 1 λάβε λάβε; Procop. Soph., Ep. 45) γενηθήτω γενηθήτω so let it be as a closing formula 1 Cor 16:24 v.l. (cp. Herodas 4, 85, where the sacristan closes his prayer to Asclepius with the words: ὧδε ταῦτʼ εἴη=so may it be).—On γένοιτο ἀμήν GJs 6:2 s. ἀμήν 1a.
    ⓑ w. dat. of pers. affected
    α. w. inf. foll. (UPZ 24, 29 al.; 1 Macc 13:5; Jos., Ant. 6, 232) ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι so that he would not have to lose time Ac 20:16.
    β. w. adv. or adv. phrase added (1 Esdr 6:33) κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν according to your faith let it be done to you, i.e. you believe, and you won’t be disappointed Mt 9:29; cp. 8:13. γένοιτό μοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου may that happen to me as you have said Lk 1:38. πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαιμονιζομένῳ what had happened to the possessed man Mk 5:16. ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται that it may be well w. you Eph 6:3 (Dt 5:16; cp. Epict. 2, 5, 29 εὖ σοι γένοιτο; Aelian, VH 9, 36). γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done for you as you desire, i.e. your wish is granted Mt 15:28.
    γ. w. nom. of thing (1 Macc 4:25; Sir 51:17; Ar. 15:5) γίνεταί τινί τι someth. happens to or befalls a person Mk 9:21. ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν σοί τι γένηται lest someth. worse come upon you J 5:14. τί ἐγένετο αὐτῷ what has happened to him Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1, 23; AcPl Ha 5, 20). τὸ γεγενημένον αὐτῷ Ac 3:10 D. ἐγίνετο πάσῃ ψυχῄ φόβος fear came upon everyone (cp. Tob 11:18) 2:43. λύπη AcPl Ha 6, 16. Freq. γέγονε ἐμοί τι someth. has come to me= I have someth.: πώρωσις τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν a hardening (of heart) has befallen Israel Ro 11:25; σωτηρία τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γεγένηται GJs 19:2; cp. Lk 19:9; διὰ τὴν ὀπτασίαν τὴν γενομένην Παύλῳ AcPl Ha 3, 15; ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα if a man has a hundred sheep Mt 18:12. τοῖς ἔξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται those outside receive everything in parables Mk 4:11. μήποτε γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι that you may receive no repayment Lk 14:12; cp. 19:9; J 15:7; 1 Cor 4:5.
    ⓒ w. gen. of pers. (Diod S 16, 64, 2 τὸν τῆς Ἑλένης γεγενημένον ὅρμον=the necklace that had belonged to Helen): ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν the kingdom of the world has come into the possession of our Lord Rv 11:15.
    ⓓ γίνεταί τι ἐπί τινι someth. happens in the case of or to a person Mk 5:33 v.l.; ἐν v.l. This can also be expressed w. εἴς τινα Ac 28:6 or the double nom. τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο what had become of Peter 12:18 (cp. Jos., Vi. 296 οἱ εἴκοσι χρυσοῖ τὶ γεγόνασιν).
    ⓔ w. inf. foll., to emphasize the actual occurrence of the action denoted by the verb: ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό if it comes about that he finds it= if he actually finds it Mt 18:13 (s. PCatt V, 19f [=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 372 V] ἐὰν γένηταί με ἀποδημεῖν; PAmh 135, 10; BGU 970, 5). ἐγένετο αὐτὸν παραπορεύεσθαι he happened to be passing Mk 2:23; cp. Lk 6:1, 6. ἐγένετο ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανόν just then the heaven opened Lk 3:21; cp. 16:22 (ἐν τῷ ἀποθανεῖν P75); Ac 4:5; 9:3, 32, 37, 43; 11:26; 14:1; 16:16; 19:1; 21:1, 5; 22:6, 17; 27:44; 28:8 (UPZ 62, 29 [161 B.C.] γίνεται γὰρ ἐντραπῆναι).
    ⓕ καὶ ἐγένετο (ἐγένετο δέ) periphrastic like וַיְהִי with וַ foll. to indicate the progress of the narrative; it is followed either by a conjunction like ὅτε, ὡς etc., or a gen. abs., or a prepositional constr., and joined to it is a finite verb w. καί (Jdth 5:22; 10:1; Sus 19 Theod.; 1 Macc 1:1; 5:1; Gen 39:7, 13, 19; 42:35; JosAs 11:1; 22:1; AscIs 3:2) Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15 v.l.; Lk 2:15; 5:1, 12, 17; 8:1, 22; 14:1.—Without the second καί (Jdth 2:4; 12:10; 13:12; 1 Macc 6:8; 7:2 v.l.; 9:23; Sus 28 Theod.; Bel 18 Theod.; TestAbr B 1 p. 105, 1 [Stone p. 58] and 6 p. 109, 27 [Stone p. 66]; TestJob 31:1; JosAs 1:1; 3:1) Mt 7:28; 11:1; 13:53; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 1:9; 4:4; Lk 1:8, 23, 41, 59; 2:1, 6, 46; 6:12 al. At times it is followed by an inf. The phrase is usually omitted in translation; older versions transl. it came to pass.—Mlt. 16f; MJohannessohn, Das bibl. καὶ ἐγένετο u. s. Geschichte: ZVS 53, 1926, 161–212 (LXX); s. MDibelius, Gnomon 3, 1927, 446–50; HPernot, Études sur la langue des Évangiles 1927, 189–99; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 29–62; JReiling, BT 16, ’65, 153–63; EDelebecque, Études grecques sur l’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65.
    ⑤ to experience a change in nature and so indicate entry into a new condition, become someth.
    ⓐ w. nouns (Lamellae Aur. Orphicae ed. AOlivieri 1915, p. 16, 5 θεὸς ἐγένου ἐξ ἀνθρώπου [IV/III]; Arrian, Anab. 5, 26, 5; Sir 51:2; 1 Esdr 4:26; Wsd 8:2; 4 Macc 16:6; En 103:11; Tat. 19, 2 τοῦ θανάτου καταφρονηταὶ γίνεσθε): ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν that you may become sons of your father Mt 5:45; ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων I will turn you into fishers of people Mk 1:17; a traitor Lk 6:16; friends 23:12 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 121); children of God J 1:12; children of light 12:36; a Christian Ac 26:29; apostle AcPlCor 2:4; a father Ro 4:18; a fool 1 Cor 3:18; a spectacle 4:9; a man, an adult 13:11 (Tob 1:9); a curse Gal 3:13. οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἐδόξασεν γενηθῆναι ἀρχιερέα he did not exalt himself to be made high priest Hb 5:5; ἐγένετο ἀντὶ αὐτοῦ Σαμουήλ Samuel became (high priest) in his place GJs 10:2. W. double nom. (Ps.-Apollod., Epit. 3, 15 δράκων λίθος ἐγένετο; Quint. Smyrn. 12, 507; Bel 28; 4 Macc 18:7) οἱ λίθοι ἄρτοι γίνονται the stones turn into loaves Mt 4:3. τὸ αἵμα αὐτοῦ λίθον γεγενημένον GJs 24:3. ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο J 1:14 (the reverse PBerl 13044, col. III, 28ff [UWilcken, SBBerlAk 1923, 161f] τί ποιῶν ἄν τις γένοιτο θεός;). τὸ ὕδωρ γενήσεται πηγή 4:14. ἡ περιτομὴ ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν Ro 2:25. ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος I became a courier Col 1:23 (cp. Herodian 2, 6, 8 ἀνὴρ ἔπαρχος γενόμενος).—Also γ. εἴς τι (Menand., Peric. 49f Kö. [169f S.] τὸ κακὸν εἰς ἀγαθὸν ῥέπει γινόμενον; 1 Km 4:9; Jdth 5:18; 1 Macc 2:11, 43; 3:58; En 19:2 al.; B-D-F §145, 1): ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον it became a tree Lk 13:19; εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; Ac 4:11; 1 Pt 2:7 (all in ref. to Ps 117:22); εἰς χαρὰν γ. change (or, turn) into joy J 16:20. εἰς οὐδέν come to nothing Ac 5:36. εἰς παγίδα Ro 11:9 (Ps 68:23); εἰς κενὸν γ. be done in vain 1 Th 3:5. εἰς ἄψινθον Rv 8:11. Cp. AcPl Ha 6, 6. Also w. γίνεσθαι omitted: εἰς κατάκριμα (sc. ἐγένετο τὸ κρίμα) Ro 5:18.
    ⓑ used w. an adj. to paraphrase the passive (Jdth 11:11; 1 Esdr 7:3; 2 Macc 3:34; Sus 64 Theod.; En 103:9; Ath. 37, 1 πάντων ὑποχειρίων γιγνομένων): ἁπαλὸν γ. become tender Mt 24:32; Mk 13:28; ἀπειθῆ γ. Ac 26:19; ἀποσυνάγωγον γ. be expelled fr. the synagogue J 12:42; ἄφαντον γ. disappear Lk 24:31; σκωληκόβρωτον γ. be eaten by worms Ac 12:23; γνωστόν, φανερὸν γ. become known (Just., A I, 63, 6) Mk 6:14; Ac 1:19; 9:42; 19:17; 1 Cor 3:13; 14:25; Phil 1:13; δόκιμον γ. pass the test Js 1:12; ἑδραῖον γ. 1 Cor 15:58; ἔκδηλον γ. 2 Ti 3:9; AcPlCor 1:16; ἔξυπνον γ. Ac 16:27 (1 Esdr 3:3=Jos., Ant. 11:34); s. ἀπόπληκτος, ἐλεύθερος, ἐμφανής, ἔμφοβος, ἐνεργής, ἔντρομος, καθαρός, μέγας, περιδάκρυτος, περικρατής, πλήρης, πρηνής, τυφλός, ὑγιής, ὑπήκοος, ὑπόδικος, φανερός 1.
    ⓒ w. ἐν of a state of being (Stoic. III 221, 16; Diod S 20, 62, 4 ἐν ἀνέσει γ.; Plut., Tit. Flam. 378 [16, 1] ἐν ὀργῇ γ.; Lucian, Tim. 28; PPetr II, 20; III, 12 [252 B.C.] ἐν ἐπισχέσει γ.; BGU 5 II, 19 ἐν νόσῳ; POxy 471 IV, 77f; 4 Km 9:20; 1 Macc 1:27 v.l.; Sus 8 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 320, Ant. 16, 372; Mel., P. 18 ἐν πόνοις … ἐν πληγαῖς etc.) ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ Lk 22:44. ἐν ἐκστάσει Ac 22:17. ἐν πνεύματι under the Spirit’s influence Rv 1:10; 4:2; AcPl Ha 6, 28. ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων be like human beings Phil 2:7. ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ, φόβῳ, τρόμῳ 1 Cor 2:3. ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:7. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γ. come to one’s senses (Soph., Phil. 950; X., An. 1, 5, 17; Polyb. 1, 49, 8; Chariton 3, 9, 11) Ac 12:11; γ. ἐν Χριστῷ be a Christian Ro 16:7. Cp. 7 below.
    ⑥ to make a change of location in space, move
    ⓐ εἴς τι (Hdt. 5, 87 al.; Philo, Op. M. 86; 2 Macc 1:13; also ἐν: Just., A II, 9, 3 ἐγενόμεθα ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ τόπω): εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα γ. (Jos., Ant. 10, 42) Ac 20:16; 21:17; 25:15. εἰς τὸν ἀγρόν Hv 3, 1, 4. Of a voice: ἐγένετο εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου reached my ear Lk 1:44. Fig. (cp. Bar 4:28) of Abraham’s blessing εἰς τὰ ἔθνη come to the Gentiles Gal 3:14; cp. 2 Cor 8:14 (s. περίσσευμα 1, ὑστέρημα 1).
    ⓑ ἔκ τινος (Job 28:2): γ. ἐκ μέσου be removed, Lat. e medio tolli (cp. Ps.-Aeschin., Ep. 12, 6 ἐκ μέσου γενομένων ἐκείνων; Plut., Timol. 238 [5, 3]; Achilles Tat. 2, 27, 2) 2 Th 2:7 (HFulford, ET 23, 1912, 40f: ‘leave the scene’). Of a voice fr. heaven: ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν γ. sound forth fr. heaven (2 Macc 2:21; cp. Da 4:31 Theod.) Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; 9:35; cp. vs. 36.
    ⓒ ἐπί τι: ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον go to the tomb Lk 24:22; ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς when he was at the steps Ac 21:35. Of fear that befalls someone (2 Macc 12:22) Lk 1:65; 4:36; Ac 5:5. Of ulcers: break out on someone Rv 16:2 (Ex 9:10f). Of divine commands: go out to someone Lk 3:2. ἐπί is somet. used w. the gen. (Appian, Liby. 93 §440; Alex. Aphr., Mixt. II 2 p. 213, 21) instead of the acc.: γενόμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου when he had arrived at the place 22:40 (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 327, 18 ἐπὶ τ. τόπων γινόμενος).—J 6:21.
    ⓓ w. κατά and gen. of place: τὸ γενόμενον ῥῆμα καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας the message that has spread throughout all Judea Ac 10:37. W. acc. of place (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 15; Apollon. Paradox. 3 κατὰ τόπους γ.; Jos., Ant. I, 174; cp. 2 Macc 9:8): γενόμενος κατὰ τὸν τόπον Lk 10:32; γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον Ac 27:7.
    ⓔ w. πρός and acc. of the direction and goal (PLond III, 962, 1 p. 210 [III A.D.] γενοῦ πρὸς Ἄταϊν τὸν ποιμένα; PFlor 180, 45) 1 Cor 2:3; 2J 12. Of divine instructions be given to someone (Gen 15:1, 4; Jer 1:2, 11; 13:8; Ezk 6:1; Hos 1:1; cp. ἐπί w. acc.) J 10:35; Ac 7:31 v.l.; 10:13; 13:32.
    ⓕ w. σύν and the dat. join someone (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 8; 2 Macc 13:13) Lk 2:13.
    ⓖ w. ἐγγύς (X., An. 1, 8, 8, Cyr. 7, 1, 7; cp. γίν. πλησίον Philo, Mos. 1, 228; Jos., Ant. 4, 40): ἐγγὺς τοῦ πλοίου γίνεσθαι come close to the boat J 6:19. Fig. of the relation of believers to Christ: come near Eph 2:13.
    ⓗ w. ὧδε come here J 6:25;
    ⓘ ἔμπροσθέν τινος γ. J 1:15, 30 s. on ἔμπροσθεν 1bζ and ὀπίσω 2b.
    ⑦ to come into a certain state or possess certain characteristics, to be, prove to be, turn out to be (on relation to the forms of εἰμί [here and in 8–10] s. ALink, StKr 69, 1896, 420ff). Used w. the nom. (Wsd 16:3; Jdth 16:21; Sir 31:22; 1 Macc 3:58) γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι be prudent Mt 10:16. ἄκαρπος γίνεται 13:22; Mk 4:19.—W. other words: vs. 22; 9:50; Lk 1:2; 2:2; 6:36 and very oft. Freq. the dat. of advantage (dat. commodi) is added (1 Macc 10:47; 2 Macc 7:37; 4 Macc 6:28; 12:17): ἀγαπητόν τινι γ. be dear to someone 1 Th 2:8. ἀπρόσκοπον γ. τινι be inoffensive to someone 1 Cor 10:32; γ. τινι μαθητήν J 15:8; μισθαποδότην γ. τινι be a rewarder of someone Hb 11:6; γ. ὁδηγόν τινι Ac 1:16. Cp. παρηγορία, σημεῖον, τύπος.—γ. ὁμοθυμαδόν come together in unanimity or reach unanimity Ac 15:25.—τὶ γίνεταί τινί τι a thing results in someth. for someone τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγ. θάνατος; Ro 7:13. ἡ ἐξουσία πρόσκομμα τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν 1 Cor 8:9.—γίνομαι ὡς, ὥσπερ, ὡσεί τις (Ps 21:15; 31:9; 37:15; 82:11; 87:5 al.) be, become, show oneself like Mt 6:16; 10:25; 18:3; 28:4; Lk 22:26, 44; 1 Cor 4:13; 9:20f; Gal 4:12. καθὼς ἐγένετο … οὕτως ἔσται as it was … so it will be Lk 17:26, 28. οὐ χρὴ ταῦτα οὕτως γίνεσθαι this should not be so Js 3:10. ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως καὶ ἀμέμπτως ὑμῖν ἐγενήθημεν we proved/showed ourselves … toward you 1 Th 2:10.—In statements pert. to age (Aristoxenus, Fgm. 16 γεγονότα [sc. τὸν Πυθαγόραν] ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα; Demetr. of Phaleron [IV–III B.C.], Fgm. 153 Wehrli [’49]; Demetr: 722 Fgm. 1, 1 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 10, 50) ἐτῶν δώδεκα Lk 2:42; cp. 1 Ti 5:9.—Here prob. also belongs ἐγένετο γνώμης he decided Ac 20:3 (cp. Plut., Phoc. 752 [23, 4] ἐλπίδος μεγάλης γ.; Cass. Dio 61, 14 τ. ἐπιθυμίας γ.; Jos., Bell. 6, 287).
    ⑧ to be present at a given time, be there ([Ps.-]Jos., Ant. 18, 63) Mk 1:4; J 1:6, hence exist (Diod S 3, 52, 4 γέγονε γένη γυναικῶν=there have been nations of women; Appian, Maced. 18 §3 τὸ χρυσίον τὸ γιγνόμενον=the gold that was at hand; Bar 3:26; 2 Macc 10:24) Ro 11:5; 1J 2:18. ἐγένετο there lived Lk 1:5. ἔν τινι 2 Pt 2:1. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Rv 16:18 (Da 12:1 Theod.).
    ⑨ to be closely related to someone or someth., belong to
    ⓐ gen. of the possessor (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 79 §336 a slave γεγένητο Πομπηίου=had belonged to Pompey: B-D-F §162, 7) belong to someone Lk 20:14, 33 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 83 §350 γυνὴ Κράσσου γεγενημένη=who had been the wife of [the younger] Crassus).
    ⓑ w. dat. of pers. belong to someone (PPetr II, 40b, 7 [277 B.C.]; O. Wilck II, 1530, 2f [120 B.C.] τὸ γινόμενόν μοι=what belongs to me) of a woman ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ Ro 7:3f (cp. Ruth 1:12f; Dt 24:2).
    ⓒ w. prep. μετά τινος (Josh 2:19) Ac 9:19; 20:18. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι his intimate friends Mk 16:10. πρός τινα be w. someone 1 Cor 16:10 ( make him [Timothy] feel quite at home with you Mft.) ὑπό τινα be under the authority of someone or someth. (1 Macc 10:38) Gal 4:4.
    ⓓ Here perh. belongs ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται it is not a matter of private interpretation 2 Pt 1:20.
    ⑩ to be in or at a place, be in, be there
    ⓐ ἔν τινι to designate one’s present or future place of residence (X., An. 4, 3, 29; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 4 §15 Ἀντώνιος ἐν Ἐφέσῳ γενόμενος; Aelian, VH 4, 15; Herodian 2, 2, 5; POxy 283, 11; 709, 6 ἐν Μένφει γενόμενος; PTebt 416, 3; BGU 731 II, 6 ἐν οἰκίᾳ μου; Num 11:35; Judg 17:4; 1 Ch 14:17; Jdth 5:7 al. Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 18 Jac.) Mt 26:6; Mk 9:33; Ac 7:38; 13:5; 2 Ti 1:17; Rv 1:9; AcPl Ha 7, 23.
    ⓑ w. adv.: ἐκεῖ (X., An. 6, 5, 20; 3 Km 8:8 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 10, 180) Ac 19:21. κατὰ μόνας Mk 4:10.—B. 637. DELG s.v. γίγνομαι. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > γίνομαι

  • 43 pedir

    v.
    1 to ask for.
    pedir algo a alguien to ask somebody for something
    pedir a alguien que haga algo to ask somebody to do something
    pedir a alguien (en matrimonio) to ask for somebody's hand (in marriage)
    pedir (prestado) algo a alguien to borrow something from somebody
    pide un millón por la moto he's asking a million for the motorbike
    Yo pido una pizza I ask for a pizza.
    Yo le pido a María una pizza I ask Mary for a pizza.
    Yo le pido a María I ask Mary.
    2 to order.
    ¿qué has pedido de postre? what have you ordered for dessert?
    3 to demand.
    4 to call for, to need.
    5 to beg.
    6 to ask to, to request to.
    Yo pedí hablar en la reunión I requested to talk at the meeting.
    7 to require.
    El caso pide una acción immediata The case requires immediate action.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ SERVIR], like link=servir servir
    1 (gen) to ask for
    2 (mercancías, en restaurante) to order
    ■ ¿qué has pedido de postre? what did you order for dessert?
    3 (necesitar) to need, cry out for
    \
    a pedir de boca just right, perfectly
    pedir la cuenta to ask for the bill
    pedir la mano de alguien to ask for somebody's hand in marriage
    * * *
    verb
    1) to ask for, request
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=rogar, solicitar) to ask for

    ¿habéis pedido ya la cuenta? — have you asked for the bill yet?

    • pedir cuentas a algn — to demand an explanation from sb

    • pedir algo a Dios — to pray to God for sth

    • pedir disculpas — to apologize

    • pedir algo por favor, me pidió por favor que fuera discreto — he asked me to please keep it to myself

    te lo pido por favor, quédate conmigo — please stay with me

    • pedir limosna — to beg

    pido la palabra, señoría — permission to speak, my lord

    • pedir perdón — (=disculparse) to apologize; [suplicando] to beg (for) forgiveness

    - ¿qué más se puede pedir?
    2) (Com) (=encargar) to order
    3) [en un restaurante] to order; [en un bar] to ask for, order

    hemos pedido dos cafés y un té — we've asked for o ordered two coffees and a tea

    4) [para casarse] to propose to

    • pedir la mano de algn — to ask for sb's hand

    5) (Jur) [+ condena] to ask for
    6) (=requerir) to need

    • pedir algo a gritos o voces — to be crying out for sth

    7) (tb: pedir prestado) to borrow

    me pidió prestado el coche — he asked if he could borrow the car, he asked to borrow the car

    2. VI
    1) (=rogar)

    • pedir por algn — (Rel) to pray for sb

    2) (=pedir dinero) [mendigo] to beg; [voluntario] to collect money
    3) [en un bar, restaurante] to order

    ¿habéis pedido ya? — have you ordered yet?

    boca 1., 3)
    3.
    See:
    PEDIR ¿"Ask" o "ask for"? ► La expresión pedir algo se traduce por ask for something: Pidieron muchas cosas diferentes They asked for many different things Si el verbo pedir lleva dos complementos, el complemento de persona siempre va delante: Pídele un lápiz a la profesora Ask the teacher for a pencil ► La estructura pedir a alguien que haga algo, se traduce al inglés por ask + ((objeto)) + ((construcción de infinitivo)): Le pedí a mi hermana que me trajera una alfombra de Turquía I asked my sister to bring me a rug from Turkey Le pediremos que nos haga un descuento We'll ask him to give us a discount Si el contexto es más formal pedir también se puede traducir por request: Ambas partes en conflicto están pidiendo ayuda al extranjero Both sides are requesting help from abroad Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <dinero/ayuda> to ask for

    me pidió disculpas or perdón — he apologized (to me)

    me pidió explicaciones or cuentas — he asked me to justify my actions

    ¿qué más se puede pedir? — what more could you ask for?

    pidió que lo trasladaran — he asked to be transferred; ver prestado

    b) (en bar, restaurante) <plato/bebida> to order; < cuenta> to ask for
    2) (Com)

    ¿cuánto pide por la casa? — how much is she asking for the house?

    b) < mercancías> to order
    4) ( requerir) to need

    esta planta está pidiendo a gritos que la rieguen — this plant is crying out to be watered

    2.
    pedir vi
    a) ( mendigar) to beg
    b) (en bar, restaurante) to order
    c) ( para tener algo) (AmL) to ask
    * * *
    = ask, ask for, have + calls for, call for, call on/upon, canvass, instruct, invite, order, plead for, request, require, prompt, bid, beg, howl for, cadge, call on/upon, bay.
    Ex. This recommendation asks the cataloguer to ascertain the name by which an author is commonly known.
    Ex. Good luck and don't hesitate to ask me or anyone on the management team for advice or assistance!.
    Ex. For some while there have been calls for an abbreviated version of AACR, for small libraries and for non-cataloguers.
    Ex. The main rules call for entry of societies under name and institutions under place.
    Ex. This article calls on libraries to forge a renewed national commitment to cooperate in the building of a national information network for scholarly communications.
    Ex. A change to 48% reduction instead of the present 24% is being canvassed, in order to keep the size within bounds, but this should not cause any serious problems in use, particularly as many modern microform readers have dual magnification.
    Ex. Some of the above limitations of title indexes can be overcome by exercising a measure of control over the index terminology, and by inputting and instructing the computer to print a number of pre-determined links or references between keywords.
    Ex. Members of the audience were invited to ask questions, make statements, and express themselves freely.
    Ex. Edge notch cards are often ordered in a size tailored to the demands of the index, and can be purchased with any coding that the index designer specifies.
    Ex. I would plead for more standardization, not less, because I think whatever we do is going to be imperfect.
    Ex. Also, with online display, the user should be able to request displays indicating different levels of specificity.
    Ex. If the library wants all users to have passwords, an authorization level of 1 can be assigned in the search function to force the system to require a password.
    Ex. You will be prompted to choose a file; your last search will then be executed automatically in the file that you choose.
    Ex. 'Sit down please,' he bade her.
    Ex. A sociologist at Yale begs libraries to keep information from him - he says that information seeks him everywhere in this world of email, fax and telephone.
    Ex. The article ' Howling for change' suggests what can be done to halt the decline of the book industry.
    Ex. For the most part it is a story of bug-ridden rooms in working-men's hotels, of fights, drinking bouts, cheap brothels, Russian refugees, cadging.
    Ex. The difference is only that an indexer is not usually called upon to appreciate the subtleties of the subject to the same extent as an abstractor.
    Ex. If the Holocaust cannot be discussed freely then stop baying about freedom of speech.
    ----
    * a pedir de boca = without a hitch.
    * pedir ayuda = seek + assistance, seek + help.
    * pedir ayuda a = enlist + the cooperation of.
    * pedir con insistencia = urge, urging.
    * pedir dinero prestado = borrow + money.
    * pedir disculpas = eat + Posesivo + words, eat + humble pie, eat + crow, eat + dirt.
    * pedir encarecidamente = urge, appeal for, make + a plea for, urging.
    * pedir en préstamo = borrow.
    * pedir especialmente = special order.
    * pedir información = request + information.
    * pedir información de = ask for + details of.
    * pedir información sobre = enquire of [inquire of, -USA].
    * pedir la cabeza de Alguien = bay for + Posesivo + blood.
    * pedir la documentación = card.
    * pedir la identificación = card.
    * pedir la luna = cry for + the moon, ask for + the moon, reach for + the moon.
    * pedir la opinión sobre = ask for + opinion on.
    * pedirle cuentas a Alguien = bring + Nombre + to book.
    * pedirle peras al olmo = cry for + the moon, ask for + the moon, reach for + the moon.
    * pedir perdón = eat + Posesivo + words, eat + humble pie, eat + crow, eat + dirt.
    * pedir prestado = borrow.
    * pedir rescate por Algo = hold + Nombre + for ransom.
    * pedir sugerencias = solicit + recommendations.
    * pedir un deseo = make + a wish, mounting problems.
    * pedir un préstamo = take + a loan.
    * pedir un rescate = ransom.
    * pedir venganza = bay for + vengeance, bay for + blood.
    * persona que pide asilo = asylum seeker.
    * salir a pedir de boca = come up + roses, go off without + a hitch.
    * volver a pedir = reorder [re-order].
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <dinero/ayuda> to ask for

    me pidió disculpas or perdón — he apologized (to me)

    me pidió explicaciones or cuentas — he asked me to justify my actions

    ¿qué más se puede pedir? — what more could you ask for?

    pidió que lo trasladaran — he asked to be transferred; ver prestado

    b) (en bar, restaurante) <plato/bebida> to order; < cuenta> to ask for
    2) (Com)

    ¿cuánto pide por la casa? — how much is she asking for the house?

    b) < mercancías> to order
    4) ( requerir) to need

    esta planta está pidiendo a gritos que la rieguen — this plant is crying out to be watered

    2.
    pedir vi
    a) ( mendigar) to beg
    b) (en bar, restaurante) to order
    c) ( para tener algo) (AmL) to ask
    * * *
    = ask, ask for, have + calls for, call for, call on/upon, canvass, instruct, invite, order, plead for, request, require, prompt, bid, beg, howl for, cadge, call on/upon, bay.

    Ex: This recommendation asks the cataloguer to ascertain the name by which an author is commonly known.

    Ex: Good luck and don't hesitate to ask me or anyone on the management team for advice or assistance!.
    Ex: For some while there have been calls for an abbreviated version of AACR, for small libraries and for non-cataloguers.
    Ex: The main rules call for entry of societies under name and institutions under place.
    Ex: This article calls on libraries to forge a renewed national commitment to cooperate in the building of a national information network for scholarly communications.
    Ex: A change to 48% reduction instead of the present 24% is being canvassed, in order to keep the size within bounds, but this should not cause any serious problems in use, particularly as many modern microform readers have dual magnification.
    Ex: Some of the above limitations of title indexes can be overcome by exercising a measure of control over the index terminology, and by inputting and instructing the computer to print a number of pre-determined links or references between keywords.
    Ex: Members of the audience were invited to ask questions, make statements, and express themselves freely.
    Ex: Edge notch cards are often ordered in a size tailored to the demands of the index, and can be purchased with any coding that the index designer specifies.
    Ex: I would plead for more standardization, not less, because I think whatever we do is going to be imperfect.
    Ex: Also, with online display, the user should be able to request displays indicating different levels of specificity.
    Ex: If the library wants all users to have passwords, an authorization level of 1 can be assigned in the search function to force the system to require a password.
    Ex: You will be prompted to choose a file; your last search will then be executed automatically in the file that you choose.
    Ex: 'Sit down please,' he bade her.
    Ex: A sociologist at Yale begs libraries to keep information from him - he says that information seeks him everywhere in this world of email, fax and telephone.
    Ex: The article ' Howling for change' suggests what can be done to halt the decline of the book industry.
    Ex: For the most part it is a story of bug-ridden rooms in working-men's hotels, of fights, drinking bouts, cheap brothels, Russian refugees, cadging.
    Ex: The difference is only that an indexer is not usually called upon to appreciate the subtleties of the subject to the same extent as an abstractor.
    Ex: If the Holocaust cannot be discussed freely then stop baying about freedom of speech.
    * a pedir de boca = without a hitch.
    * pedir ayuda = seek + assistance, seek + help.
    * pedir ayuda a = enlist + the cooperation of.
    * pedir con insistencia = urge, urging.
    * pedir dinero prestado = borrow + money.
    * pedir disculpas = eat + Posesivo + words, eat + humble pie, eat + crow, eat + dirt.
    * pedir encarecidamente = urge, appeal for, make + a plea for, urging.
    * pedir en préstamo = borrow.
    * pedir especialmente = special order.
    * pedir información = request + information.
    * pedir información de = ask for + details of.
    * pedir información sobre = enquire of [inquire of, -USA].
    * pedir la cabeza de Alguien = bay for + Posesivo + blood.
    * pedir la documentación = card.
    * pedir la identificación = card.
    * pedir la luna = cry for + the moon, ask for + the moon, reach for + the moon.
    * pedir la opinión sobre = ask for + opinion on.
    * pedirle cuentas a Alguien = bring + Nombre + to book.
    * pedirle peras al olmo = cry for + the moon, ask for + the moon, reach for + the moon.
    * pedir perdón = eat + Posesivo + words, eat + humble pie, eat + crow, eat + dirt.
    * pedir prestado = borrow.
    * pedir rescate por Algo = hold + Nombre + for ransom.
    * pedir sugerencias = solicit + recommendations.
    * pedir un deseo = make + a wish, mounting problems.
    * pedir un préstamo = take + a loan.
    * pedir un rescate = ransom.
    * pedir venganza = bay for + vengeance, bay for + blood.
    * persona que pide asilo = asylum seeker.
    * salir a pedir de boca = come up + roses, go off without + a hitch.
    * volver a pedir = reorder [re-order].

    * * *
    pedir [ I14 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹dinero/ayuda› to ask for
    pidieron un préstamo al banco they asked the bank for a loan
    pidió permiso para salir she asked permission to leave
    me pidió consejo he asked my advice, he asked me for advice
    pide limosna a la puerta de la iglesia he begs (for money) at the church door
    préstamelo, te lo pido por favor please lend it to me
    si no me lo pides por favor no te lo doy I won't give it to you unless you say please o unless you ask nicely
    nadie te ha pedido (tu) opinión nobody asked (for) your opinion
    me pidió disculpas or perdón por lo que había hecho he apologized for what he had done
    pídele perdón a tu padre apologize to o say you're sorry to your father
    ¿quién eres tú para venir a pedirme cuentas or explicaciones? who do you think you are, asking me to justify my actions?
    pedir hora to make an appointment
    pedir la palabra to ask for permission to speak
    pide cuatro años de cárcel para los acusados he is asking for a four-year sentence for the accused
    es un sitio donde se come barato y bien, no se puede pedir más it's the sort of place where you can eat cheaply and well, what more could you ask for? o it's ideal
    está haciendo todo lo posible, no se le puede pedir más she's doing all she can, you can't ask for more than that o that's all you can ask
    pedir QUE + SUBJ:
    me pidió que le comprara el periódico he asked me to buy him the newspaper
    pidió que lo trasladaran he asked to be transferred
    2 (en un bar, restaurante) to order
    pedimos pescado de segundo we ordered fish for our second course
    pide la cuenta y nos vamos ask for o get the check ( AmE) o ( BrE) bill and we can go
    B ( Com)
    1 (como precio) pedir algo POR algo to ask sth FOR sth
    ¿cuánto pide por la casa? how much is she asking for the house?
    2 ‹mercancías› to order
    C
    (para casarse): pedir a una mujer en matrimonio to ask for a woman's hand in marriage ( frml)
    le pedí la mano de su hija I asked for his daughter's hand in marriage ( frml), I asked to marry his daughter
    vino a pedir a mi hermana he came to ask if he could marry my sister
    D (requerir) to need
    este pescado pide un buen vino blanco this fish needs a good white wine to go with it, this fish would go well with a good white wine
    ese vestido pide unos zapatos más altos that dress needs shoes with a higher heel
    está pidiendo una bofetada she's asking for a slap
    esta planta está pidiendo a gritos que la rieguen this plant is crying out to be watered
    ■ pedir
    vi
    1 (mendigar) to beg
    pide a la puerta de la iglesia he begs at the church door
    2 (en un bar, restaurante) to order
    pidió para salir temprano he asked if he could go early o he asked permission to go early
    estos niños sólo saben pedir these chidren are very demanding o do nothing but make demands
    ( leng infantil); to have dibs on ( AmE colloq), to bags ( BrE colloq)
    me pido la cama de arriba I have dibs on the top bunk, I bags the top bunk
    * * *

     

    pedir ( conjugate pedir) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹dinero/ayuda› to ask for;


    pidió permiso para salir she asked permission to leave;
    pide limosna he begs (for money);
    pedirle algo a algn to ask sb for sth;
    le pidió ayuda he asked her for help;
    me pidió disculpas or perdón he apologized (to me);
    pedir hora to make an appointment;
    pedir la palabra to ask for permission to speak;
    me pidió que le enseñara he asked me to teach him;
    ver prestado
    b) (en bar, restaurante) ‹plato/bebida› to order;

    ‹ cuenta› to ask for
    2 (Com)
    a) ( como precio) pedir algo POR algo to ask sth for sth;

    ◊ ¿cuánto pide por la casa? how much is she asking for the house?


    verbo intransitivo
    a) (en bar, restaurante) to order


    pedir verbo transitivo
    1 (un favor) to ask: me pidió que la ayudara, he asked me to help her
    2 (una cosa) to ask for: el niño le pidió unos caramelos, the child asked him for some sweets ➣ Ver nota en ask
    3 (en la tienda, en el bar, etc) to order
    4 (limosna) to beg
    5 (requerir, necesitar) to need: ese coche está pidiendo que lo laven, that car needs washing
    ♦ Locuciones: pedir a gritos, to cry out
    pedir disculpas, to apologize
    pedir prestado, to borrow
    a pedir de boca, just fine
    ' pedir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    apestosa
    - apestoso
    - bastar
    - boca
    - cita
    - cobrar
    - cuenta
    - demandar
    - disculpa
    - hora
    - luna
    - pera
    - perdón
    - prestar
    - requerir
    - socorro
    - voz
    - asilo
    - audiencia
    - auxilio
    - aventón
    - cola
    - excusar
    - gorrear
    - informe
    - justicia
    - limosna
    - mano
    - ordenar
    - palabra
    - palmada
    - pida
    - prestado
    - qué
    - raid
    - turno
    - vez
    English:
    apologetic
    - appeal
    - apply for
    - appointment
    - ask
    - ask for
    - asylum
    - beg
    - borrow
    - clamor
    - clamour
    - cry out for
    - formality
    - get
    - have
    - invite
    - may
    - order
    - permission
    - propose
    - request
    - seek
    - send away for
    - send for
    - send off for
    - shall
    - sorry
    - summon
    - tall order
    - want
    - wish
    - write back
    - write off
    - apologize
    - by
    - call
    - claim
    - cry
    - hitch
    - impossible
    - make
    - might
    - place
    - send
    - urge
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [solicitar] to ask for;
    pedir algo a alguien to ask sb for sth;
    me pidió (mi) opinión she asked me (for) my opinion;
    pedir un taxi (por teléfono) to ring for a taxi;
    pedir a alguien que haga algo to ask sb to do sth;
    le pido que sea breve, por favor I would ask you to be brief, please;
    pedir a alguien en matrimonio, pedir la mano de alguien to ask for sb's hand (in marriage);
    pedir prestado algo a alguien to borrow sth from sb;
    pide un millón por la moto he's asking a million for the motorbike;
    no tienes más que pedirlo all you need to do is ask;
    si no es mucho pedir if it's not too much to ask;
    CAm, Méx
    pedir raid to hitch a ride o Br lift
    2. [en bares, restaurantes] to order;
    ¿qué has pedido de postre? what have you ordered for dessert?
    3. [mercancías] to order;
    pedir algo a alguien to order sth from sb
    4. [exigir] to demand;
    ¡pido que se me escuche! I demand to be heard!;
    le pedimos al gobierno una inmediata retirada de las tropas we demand that the government withdraw its troops immediately;
    la acusación pide veinte años de cárcel the prosecution is asking for twenty years
    5. [requerir] to call for, to need;
    los cactus piden poca agua cacti don't need a lot of water;
    esta cocina está pidiendo a gritos que la limpies this kitchen is crying out for you to clean it
    ♦ vi
    1. [mendigar] to beg;
    hay mucha gente pidiendo por la calle there are a lot of beggars in the streets
    2. [en bares, restaurantes] to order;
    ¿han pedido ya? have you ordered?
    3. [rezar]
    pedir por el alma de alguien to pray for sb's soul
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 ask for;
    pedir algo a alguien ask s.o. for sth;
    me pidió que no fuera he asked me not to go;
    te lo pido I beg you
    2 ( necesitar) need
    3 en bar, restaurante order
    II v/i
    1 ( mendigar) beg
    2 en bar, restaurante order
    * * *
    pedir {54} vt
    1) : to ask for, to request
    le pedí un préstamo a Claudia: I asked Claudia for a loan
    2) : to order (food, merchandise)
    3)
    pedir perdón : to apologize
    pedir vi
    1) : to order
    2) : to beg
    * * *
    pedir vb
    1. (en general) to ask for
    ¿cuánto piden por el cuadro? how much are they asking for the picture?
    2. (un favor) to ask
    3. (en restaurante) to order
    ¿qué has pedido de segundo? what have you ordered for your main course?
    pedir / pedir limosna to beg [pt. & pp. begged]

    Spanish-English dictionary > pedir

  • 44 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 45 Cognitive Science

       The basic idea of cognitive science is that intelligent beings are semantic engines-in other words, automatic formal systems with interpretations under which they consistently make sense.... [P]eople and intelligent computers turn out to be merely different manifestations of the same underlying phenomenon. (Haugeland, 1981b, p. 31)
       2) Experimental Psychology, Theoretical Linguistics, and Computational Simulation of Cognitive Processes Are All Components of Cognitive Science
       I went away from the Symposium with a strong conviction, more intuitive than rational, that human experimental psychology, theoretical linguistics, and computer simulation of cognitive processes were all pieces of a larger whole, and that the future would see progressive elaboration and coordination of their shared concerns.... I have been working toward a cognitive science for about twenty years beginning before I knew what to call it. (G. A. Miller, 1979, p. 9)
        Cognitive Science studies the nature of cognition in human beings, other animals, and inanimate machines (if such a thing is possible). While computers are helpful within cognitive science, they are not essential to its being. A science of cognition could still be pursued even without these machines.
        Computer Science studies various kinds of problems and the use of computers to solve them, without concern for the means by which we humans might otherwise resolve them. There could be no computer science if there were no machines of this kind, because they are indispensable to its being. Artificial Intelligence is a special branch of computer science that investigates the extent to which the mental powers of human beings can be captured by means of machines.
       There could be cognitive science without artificial intelligence but there could be no artificial intelligence without cognitive science. One final caveat: In the case of an emerging new discipline such as cognitive science there is an almost irresistible temptation to identify the discipline itself (as a field of inquiry) with one of the theories that inspired it (such as the computational conception...). This, however, is a mistake. The field of inquiry (or "domain") stands to specific theories as questions stand to possible answers. The computational conception should properly be viewed as a research program in cognitive science, where "research programs" are answers that continue to attract followers. (Fetzer, 1996, pp. xvi-xvii)
       What is the nature of knowledge and how is this knowledge used? These questions lie at the core of both psychology and artificial intelligence.
       The psychologist who studies "knowledge systems" wants to know how concepts are structured in the human mind, how such concepts develop, and how they are used in understanding and behavior. The artificial intelligence researcher wants to know how to program a computer so that it can understand and interact with the outside world. The two orientations intersect when the psychologist and the computer scientist agree that the best way to approach the problem of building an intelligent machine is to emulate the human conceptual mechanisms that deal with language.... The name "cognitive science" has been used to refer to this convergence of interests in psychology and artificial intelligence....
       This working partnership in "cognitive science" does not mean that psychologists and computer scientists are developing a single comprehensive theory in which people are no different from machines. Psychology and artificial intelligence have many points of difference in methods and goals.... We simply want to work on an important area of overlapping interest, namely a theory of knowledge systems. As it turns out, this overlap is substantial. For both people and machines, each in their own way, there is a serious problem in common of making sense out of what they hear, see, or are told about the world. The conceptual apparatus necessary to perform even a partial feat of understanding is formidable and fascinating. (Schank & Abelson, 1977, pp. 1-2)
       Within the last dozen years a general change in scientific outlook has occurred, consonant with the point of view represented here. One can date the change roughly from 1956: in psychology, by the appearance of Bruner, Goodnow, and Austin's Study of Thinking and George Miller's "The Magical Number Seven"; in linguistics, by Noam Chomsky's "Three Models of Language"; and in computer science, by our own paper on the Logic Theory Machine. (Newell & Simon, 1972, p. 4)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Cognitive Science

  • 46 historic

    •• historic, historical, historically

    •• * Существование в английском языке двух слов – historic и historical – имеет два противоречащих друг другу следствия. Во-первых, в устной речи нередко смешение этих слов. Мне приходилось слышать, как о событии, еще не «ушедшем в историю» и даже еще не состоявшемся, говорили It is/ will be a/ an historical event. Конечно, правильнее в данном случае historic или history-making. Но и historical event тоже правильно в определенных контекстах:
    •• What historical event do you wish you could stop? If you could go back in time and prevent anything in history from having happened ( as opposed to just passively watching it happen), what particular incident in history would you most want to stop from happening and is there any reason why? (c сайта http://uplink.space.com).
    •• С другой стороны, иногда различие между этими словами существенно и должно учитываться переводчиком. Слово historical, как мне кажется, шире русского исторический, так как охватывает все, что имеет отношение к прошлому, а русское слово – только то, что говорящий интуитивно относит к «истории», т.е. к историческому процессу, «историческим судьбам» и т.п. Русское слово часто, хотя и не всегда, «возвышенней». Среди исключений – например, словосочетание историческая справка. И все же более «бытовой» характер английского слова позволяет употреблять его в тех ситуациях, где говорящий по-русски скорее всего скажет иначе.
    •• В выступлении Кондолисы Райс перед комиссией по расследованию событий 11 сентября это слово встретилось пять раз, плюс historically в значении, о котором будет сказано ниже:
    •• Historically, democratic societies have been slow to react to gathering threats, tending instead to wait to confront threats until they are too dangerous to ignore or until it is too late. – Исторический опыт (или просто опыт) свидетельствует о том, что...
    •• Далее Райс трижды употребляет это слово в отношении документа, представленного президенту Бушу 6 августа 2001 года (о возможных действиях «Аль-Каиды»):
    •• I was in a press conference to try and describe the Aug. 6 memo, which I’ve talked about here in the – my opening remarks and which I talked about with you in the private session. And I said at one point that this was a historical memo, that it was not based on new threat information. <...>
    •• It was not a particular threat report. And there was historical information in there about – about various aspects of al Qaeda’s operations. <...> It did not warn of attacks inside the United States. It was historical information based on old reporting. There was no new threat information. And it did not, in fact, warn of any coming attacks inside the United States.
    •• Один из членов комиссии (демократ) ухватился за эту формулировку:
    •• Well, did you not – you have indicated here that this was some historical document. And I am asking you whether it is not the case that you learned in the P.D.B. memo of Aug. 6 that the F.B.I. was saying that it had information suggesting that preparations, not historically, but ongoing, along with these numerous full field investigations against al Qaeda cells, that preparations were being made consistent with hijackings within the United States.
    •• Конечно, по-русски в данном случае просто невозможно сказать исторический документ, хотя можно – историческая справка, но предпочтительно все же, по-моему, справочный материал, справочная информация. В вопросе – not historically, but ongoing – возможен вариант не в историческом разрезе, а в текущем плане.
    •• Далее у Райс интересная оговорка, тут же исправленная:
    •• This was a historic memo – historical memo prepared by the agency because the president was asking questions about what we knew about the inside.
    •• Исправление оговорки – признак существенного различия двух слов. (Кстати, в качестве антонима historical появляется слово, неоднократно всплывавшее в ходе слушаний и не поддающееся однословному переводу, – actionable:
    •• The president was told this is historical information. I am told he was told this is historical information. And there was nothing actionable in this. The president knew that the F.B.I. was pursuing this issue. The president knew that the director of central intelligence was pursuing this issue. And there was no new threat information in this document to pursue.
    •• Actionable information – пока не могу предложить ничего кроме информация, требующая/ дающая основания для конкретных действий. Длинно.)
    •• Конечно, «оппозиция Его Величества» не замедлила поиграть со словом historical. Из редакционной статьи New York Times:
    •• The administration argument that it had only gotten intelligence about potential terrorist attacks abroad in the summer of 2001 was rather drastically undermined when Ms. Rice revealed, under questioning, that the briefing given Mr. Bush by the C.I.A. on Aug. 6, 2001, was titled “Bin Laden Determined to Attack Inside the United States.” Ms. Rice continues to insist that the information was “ historical” rather than a warning of something likely to occur.
    •• Еще более хлестко (но абсолютно неизбежно, удержаться от игры слов невозможно):
    •• What should have made Condi hysterical, she deemed “historical.” (Maureen Dowd)
    •• Последний пример, кстати, заставляет все-таки выбрать в переводе вариант историческая справка, чтобы попробовать передать игру слов, но все равно сделать это непросто:
    •• Информация, способная вызвать истерическую реакцию, для Конди – не более чем историческая справка.
    •• А теперь о наречии historically. Словари – как толковые, так и переводные, – как правило, не дают отдельного определения или перевода наречий с - ly, считая, что все и так ясно – их смысл и перевод вытекают из соответствующего прилагательного. Но это далеко не всегда так. В статье из New York Times, попавшей в обзор зарубежной прессы на радио «Эхо Москвы», встретилось: Iran has historically denied that it is pursuing a nuclear weapons program. Ведущая так и сказала: Иран исторически отрицал (и т.д.). Здесь, конечно, нужно просто всегда или неизменно. В некоторых случаях хорошо подойдет русское наречие традиционно: historically black colleges – традиционно негритянские колледжи (здесь это прилагательное, по-моему, вполне приемлемо), historically underutilized businesses – компании, традиционно недопредставленные среди подрядчиков, historically disadvantaged – традиционно находящиеся в тяжелом положении. Иногда подходящее русское соответствие – по многолетним наблюдениям ( This is not uncommon historically for the month of April). Наконец, контекст может подсказать и такой вариант, как беспрецедентно: Historically high growth in employment.
    •• Интересный пример из статьи У. Пфаффа в International Herald Tribune:
    •• Historically, in joint ventures with U.S. government and industry, U.S. security and proprietary restraints nearly always have forced the European partners into subordinate roles.
    •• Здесь самый лучший перевод – просто раньше, прежде.
    •• Слово historically, на мой взгляд, не является многозначным, у него одно довольно широкое и несколько расплывчатое значение, но в переводе оно начинает играть своими различными гранями. Разумеется, в приведенном выше примере возможен и перевод Исторически сложилось так, что...
    •• В отличие от historically наречие indefinitely дается в большинстве словарей (например, в БАРСе и ABBYY Lingvo) как отдельная словарная статья. Но упущено довольно частое употребление indefinitely в значении, близком к until further notice. Пример из New York Times:
    •• Thomas Krens, the foundation director, acknowledged as unrealistic the prospect of financing the $950 million project at a time when the museum is cutting budget, staff and programs. Beginning Sunday, for example, the Guggenheim Las Vegas is to go dark indefinitely.
    •• Перевод напрашивается: на неопределенный срок. Кстати, to go dark – есть ли это в словарях? Обычно так говорят, когда, скажем, музей, театр или web-сайт прерывают работу на некоторое время – с возможностью ее возобновления.
    •• Еще один пример интересного с точки зрения перевода и лексикографии употребления наречия (для контекста даю несколько предшествующих фраз):
    •• After months of inaction, I finally turned to former President Bush, who immediately interceded with Crown Prince Abdallah on the FBI’s behalf. <...> The Saudis immediately acceded. <...> Mr. Bush typically disclaimed any credit for his critical intervention, but he earned the gratitude of many FBI agents and the Khobar families. (American Justice for Khobar Heroes. By Louis J. Freeh. Wall Street Journal)
    •• Typically здесь нельзя переводить как типично или даже что для него типично. В каких-то случаях может подойти разговорное что характерно. Но лучше, конечно, в свойственной ему манере или как обычно. Думаю, в двуязычном словаре для такого примера должно найтись место. Во-первых, он показывает идиоматичное употребление английского наречия. Во-вторых, подсказывает перевод.
    •• Наречия типа confusingly обычно не включаются в словари в качестве отдельной статьи. Считается, что перевод таких слов, как amazingly или startlingly, не должен вызывать трудностей, но это не всегда так. На конференции по товарным знакам встретилось выражение confusingly similar. В юридическом словаре есть confusion in trademarks – смешение товарных знаков. Соответственно confusingly similar – схожий/ аналогичный до степени смешения (принятый практиками перевод). Пожалуй, это стоит включить не только в специальный словарь.

    English-Russian nonsystematic dictionary > historic

  • 47 historical

    •• historic, historical, historically

    •• * Существование в английском языке двух слов – historic и historical – имеет два противоречащих друг другу следствия. Во-первых, в устной речи нередко смешение этих слов. Мне приходилось слышать, как о событии, еще не «ушедшем в историю» и даже еще не состоявшемся, говорили It is/ will be a/ an historical event. Конечно, правильнее в данном случае historic или history-making. Но и historical event тоже правильно в определенных контекстах:
    •• What historical event do you wish you could stop? If you could go back in time and prevent anything in history from having happened ( as opposed to just passively watching it happen), what particular incident in history would you most want to stop from happening and is there any reason why? (c сайта http://uplink.space.com).
    •• С другой стороны, иногда различие между этими словами существенно и должно учитываться переводчиком. Слово historical, как мне кажется, шире русского исторический, так как охватывает все, что имеет отношение к прошлому, а русское слово – только то, что говорящий интуитивно относит к «истории», т.е. к историческому процессу, «историческим судьбам» и т.п. Русское слово часто, хотя и не всегда, «возвышенней». Среди исключений – например, словосочетание историческая справка. И все же более «бытовой» характер английского слова позволяет употреблять его в тех ситуациях, где говорящий по-русски скорее всего скажет иначе.
    •• В выступлении Кондолисы Райс перед комиссией по расследованию событий 11 сентября это слово встретилось пять раз, плюс historically в значении, о котором будет сказано ниже:
    •• Historically, democratic societies have been slow to react to gathering threats, tending instead to wait to confront threats until they are too dangerous to ignore or until it is too late. – Исторический опыт (или просто опыт) свидетельствует о том, что...
    •• Далее Райс трижды употребляет это слово в отношении документа, представленного президенту Бушу 6 августа 2001 года (о возможных действиях «Аль-Каиды»):
    •• I was in a press conference to try and describe the Aug. 6 memo, which I’ve talked about here in the – my opening remarks and which I talked about with you in the private session. And I said at one point that this was a historical memo, that it was not based on new threat information. <...>
    •• It was not a particular threat report. And there was historical information in there about – about various aspects of al Qaeda’s operations. <...> It did not warn of attacks inside the United States. It was historical information based on old reporting. There was no new threat information. And it did not, in fact, warn of any coming attacks inside the United States.
    •• Один из членов комиссии (демократ) ухватился за эту формулировку:
    •• Well, did you not – you have indicated here that this was some historical document. And I am asking you whether it is not the case that you learned in the P.D.B. memo of Aug. 6 that the F.B.I. was saying that it had information suggesting that preparations, not historically, but ongoing, along with these numerous full field investigations against al Qaeda cells, that preparations were being made consistent with hijackings within the United States.
    •• Конечно, по-русски в данном случае просто невозможно сказать исторический документ, хотя можно – историческая справка, но предпочтительно все же, по-моему, справочный материал, справочная информация. В вопросе – not historically, but ongoing – возможен вариант не в историческом разрезе, а в текущем плане.
    •• Далее у Райс интересная оговорка, тут же исправленная:
    •• This was a historic memo – historical memo prepared by the agency because the president was asking questions about what we knew about the inside.
    •• Исправление оговорки – признак существенного различия двух слов. (Кстати, в качестве антонима historical появляется слово, неоднократно всплывавшее в ходе слушаний и не поддающееся однословному переводу, – actionable:
    •• The president was told this is historical information. I am told he was told this is historical information. And there was nothing actionable in this. The president knew that the F.B.I. was pursuing this issue. The president knew that the director of central intelligence was pursuing this issue. And there was no new threat information in this document to pursue.
    •• Actionable information – пока не могу предложить ничего кроме информация, требующая/ дающая основания для конкретных действий. Длинно.)
    •• Конечно, «оппозиция Его Величества» не замедлила поиграть со словом historical. Из редакционной статьи New York Times:
    •• The administration argument that it had only gotten intelligence about potential terrorist attacks abroad in the summer of 2001 was rather drastically undermined when Ms. Rice revealed, under questioning, that the briefing given Mr. Bush by the C.I.A. on Aug. 6, 2001, was titled “Bin Laden Determined to Attack Inside the United States.” Ms. Rice continues to insist that the information was “ historical” rather than a warning of something likely to occur.
    •• Еще более хлестко (но абсолютно неизбежно, удержаться от игры слов невозможно):
    •• What should have made Condi hysterical, she deemed “historical.” (Maureen Dowd)
    •• Последний пример, кстати, заставляет все-таки выбрать в переводе вариант историческая справка, чтобы попробовать передать игру слов, но все равно сделать это непросто:
    •• Информация, способная вызвать истерическую реакцию, для Конди – не более чем историческая справка.
    •• А теперь о наречии historically. Словари – как толковые, так и переводные, – как правило, не дают отдельного определения или перевода наречий с - ly, считая, что все и так ясно – их смысл и перевод вытекают из соответствующего прилагательного. Но это далеко не всегда так. В статье из New York Times, попавшей в обзор зарубежной прессы на радио «Эхо Москвы», встретилось: Iran has historically denied that it is pursuing a nuclear weapons program. Ведущая так и сказала: Иран исторически отрицал (и т.д.). Здесь, конечно, нужно просто всегда или неизменно. В некоторых случаях хорошо подойдет русское наречие традиционно: historically black colleges – традиционно негритянские колледжи (здесь это прилагательное, по-моему, вполне приемлемо), historically underutilized businesses – компании, традиционно недопредставленные среди подрядчиков, historically disadvantaged – традиционно находящиеся в тяжелом положении. Иногда подходящее русское соответствие – по многолетним наблюдениям ( This is not uncommon historically for the month of April). Наконец, контекст может подсказать и такой вариант, как беспрецедентно: Historically high growth in employment.
    •• Интересный пример из статьи У. Пфаффа в International Herald Tribune:
    •• Historically, in joint ventures with U.S. government and industry, U.S. security and proprietary restraints nearly always have forced the European partners into subordinate roles.
    •• Здесь самый лучший перевод – просто раньше, прежде.
    •• Слово historically, на мой взгляд, не является многозначным, у него одно довольно широкое и несколько расплывчатое значение, но в переводе оно начинает играть своими различными гранями. Разумеется, в приведенном выше примере возможен и перевод Исторически сложилось так, что...
    •• В отличие от historically наречие indefinitely дается в большинстве словарей (например, в БАРСе и ABBYY Lingvo) как отдельная словарная статья. Но упущено довольно частое употребление indefinitely в значении, близком к until further notice. Пример из New York Times:
    •• Thomas Krens, the foundation director, acknowledged as unrealistic the prospect of financing the $950 million project at a time when the museum is cutting budget, staff and programs. Beginning Sunday, for example, the Guggenheim Las Vegas is to go dark indefinitely.
    •• Перевод напрашивается: на неопределенный срок. Кстати, to go dark – есть ли это в словарях? Обычно так говорят, когда, скажем, музей, театр или web-сайт прерывают работу на некоторое время – с возможностью ее возобновления.
    •• Еще один пример интересного с точки зрения перевода и лексикографии употребления наречия (для контекста даю несколько предшествующих фраз):
    •• After months of inaction, I finally turned to former President Bush, who immediately interceded with Crown Prince Abdallah on the FBI’s behalf. <...> The Saudis immediately acceded. <...> Mr. Bush typically disclaimed any credit for his critical intervention, but he earned the gratitude of many FBI agents and the Khobar families. (American Justice for Khobar Heroes. By Louis J. Freeh. Wall Street Journal)
    •• Typically здесь нельзя переводить как типично или даже что для него типично. В каких-то случаях может подойти разговорное что характерно. Но лучше, конечно, в свойственной ему манере или как обычно. Думаю, в двуязычном словаре для такого примера должно найтись место. Во-первых, он показывает идиоматичное употребление английского наречия. Во-вторых, подсказывает перевод.
    •• Наречия типа confusingly обычно не включаются в словари в качестве отдельной статьи. Считается, что перевод таких слов, как amazingly или startlingly, не должен вызывать трудностей, но это не всегда так. На конференции по товарным знакам встретилось выражение confusingly similar. В юридическом словаре есть confusion in trademarks – смешение товарных знаков. Соответственно confusingly similar – схожий/ аналогичный до степени смешения (принятый практиками перевод). Пожалуй, это стоит включить не только в специальный словарь.

    English-Russian nonsystematic dictionary > historical

  • 48 historically

    •• historic, historical, historically

    •• * Существование в английском языке двух слов – historic и historical – имеет два противоречащих друг другу следствия. Во-первых, в устной речи нередко смешение этих слов. Мне приходилось слышать, как о событии, еще не «ушедшем в историю» и даже еще не состоявшемся, говорили It is/ will be a/ an historical event. Конечно, правильнее в данном случае historic или history-making. Но и historical event тоже правильно в определенных контекстах:
    •• What historical event do you wish you could stop? If you could go back in time and prevent anything in history from having happened ( as opposed to just passively watching it happen), what particular incident in history would you most want to stop from happening and is there any reason why? (c сайта http://uplink.space.com).
    •• С другой стороны, иногда различие между этими словами существенно и должно учитываться переводчиком. Слово historical, как мне кажется, шире русского исторический, так как охватывает все, что имеет отношение к прошлому, а русское слово – только то, что говорящий интуитивно относит к «истории», т.е. к историческому процессу, «историческим судьбам» и т.п. Русское слово часто, хотя и не всегда, «возвышенней». Среди исключений – например, словосочетание историческая справка. И все же более «бытовой» характер английского слова позволяет употреблять его в тех ситуациях, где говорящий по-русски скорее всего скажет иначе.
    •• В выступлении Кондолисы Райс перед комиссией по расследованию событий 11 сентября это слово встретилось пять раз, плюс historically в значении, о котором будет сказано ниже:
    •• Historically, democratic societies have been slow to react to gathering threats, tending instead to wait to confront threats until they are too dangerous to ignore or until it is too late. – Исторический опыт (или просто опыт) свидетельствует о том, что...
    •• Далее Райс трижды употребляет это слово в отношении документа, представленного президенту Бушу 6 августа 2001 года (о возможных действиях «Аль-Каиды»):
    •• I was in a press conference to try and describe the Aug. 6 memo, which I’ve talked about here in the – my opening remarks and which I talked about with you in the private session. And I said at one point that this was a historical memo, that it was not based on new threat information. <...>
    •• It was not a particular threat report. And there was historical information in there about – about various aspects of al Qaeda’s operations. <...> It did not warn of attacks inside the United States. It was historical information based on old reporting. There was no new threat information. And it did not, in fact, warn of any coming attacks inside the United States.
    •• Один из членов комиссии (демократ) ухватился за эту формулировку:
    •• Well, did you not – you have indicated here that this was some historical document. And I am asking you whether it is not the case that you learned in the P.D.B. memo of Aug. 6 that the F.B.I. was saying that it had information suggesting that preparations, not historically, but ongoing, along with these numerous full field investigations against al Qaeda cells, that preparations were being made consistent with hijackings within the United States.
    •• Конечно, по-русски в данном случае просто невозможно сказать исторический документ, хотя можно – историческая справка, но предпочтительно все же, по-моему, справочный материал, справочная информация. В вопросе – not historically, but ongoing – возможен вариант не в историческом разрезе, а в текущем плане.
    •• Далее у Райс интересная оговорка, тут же исправленная:
    •• This was a historic memo – historical memo prepared by the agency because the president was asking questions about what we knew about the inside.
    •• Исправление оговорки – признак существенного различия двух слов. (Кстати, в качестве антонима historical появляется слово, неоднократно всплывавшее в ходе слушаний и не поддающееся однословному переводу, – actionable:
    •• The president was told this is historical information. I am told he was told this is historical information. And there was nothing actionable in this. The president knew that the F.B.I. was pursuing this issue. The president knew that the director of central intelligence was pursuing this issue. And there was no new threat information in this document to pursue.
    •• Actionable information – пока не могу предложить ничего кроме информация, требующая/ дающая основания для конкретных действий. Длинно.)
    •• Конечно, «оппозиция Его Величества» не замедлила поиграть со словом historical. Из редакционной статьи New York Times:
    •• The administration argument that it had only gotten intelligence about potential terrorist attacks abroad in the summer of 2001 was rather drastically undermined when Ms. Rice revealed, under questioning, that the briefing given Mr. Bush by the C.I.A. on Aug. 6, 2001, was titled “Bin Laden Determined to Attack Inside the United States.” Ms. Rice continues to insist that the information was “ historical” rather than a warning of something likely to occur.
    •• Еще более хлестко (но абсолютно неизбежно, удержаться от игры слов невозможно):
    •• What should have made Condi hysterical, she deemed “historical.” (Maureen Dowd)
    •• Последний пример, кстати, заставляет все-таки выбрать в переводе вариант историческая справка, чтобы попробовать передать игру слов, но все равно сделать это непросто:
    •• Информация, способная вызвать истерическую реакцию, для Конди – не более чем историческая справка.
    •• А теперь о наречии historically. Словари – как толковые, так и переводные, – как правило, не дают отдельного определения или перевода наречий с - ly, считая, что все и так ясно – их смысл и перевод вытекают из соответствующего прилагательного. Но это далеко не всегда так. В статье из New York Times, попавшей в обзор зарубежной прессы на радио «Эхо Москвы», встретилось: Iran has historically denied that it is pursuing a nuclear weapons program. Ведущая так и сказала: Иран исторически отрицал (и т.д.). Здесь, конечно, нужно просто всегда или неизменно. В некоторых случаях хорошо подойдет русское наречие традиционно: historically black colleges – традиционно негритянские колледжи (здесь это прилагательное, по-моему, вполне приемлемо), historically underutilized businesses – компании, традиционно недопредставленные среди подрядчиков, historically disadvantaged – традиционно находящиеся в тяжелом положении. Иногда подходящее русское соответствие – по многолетним наблюдениям ( This is not uncommon historically for the month of April). Наконец, контекст может подсказать и такой вариант, как беспрецедентно: Historically high growth in employment.
    •• Интересный пример из статьи У. Пфаффа в International Herald Tribune:
    •• Historically, in joint ventures with U.S. government and industry, U.S. security and proprietary restraints nearly always have forced the European partners into subordinate roles.
    •• Здесь самый лучший перевод – просто раньше, прежде.
    •• Слово historically, на мой взгляд, не является многозначным, у него одно довольно широкое и несколько расплывчатое значение, но в переводе оно начинает играть своими различными гранями. Разумеется, в приведенном выше примере возможен и перевод Исторически сложилось так, что...
    •• В отличие от historically наречие indefinitely дается в большинстве словарей (например, в БАРСе и ABBYY Lingvo) как отдельная словарная статья. Но упущено довольно частое употребление indefinitely в значении, близком к until further notice. Пример из New York Times:
    •• Thomas Krens, the foundation director, acknowledged as unrealistic the prospect of financing the $950 million project at a time when the museum is cutting budget, staff and programs. Beginning Sunday, for example, the Guggenheim Las Vegas is to go dark indefinitely.
    •• Перевод напрашивается: на неопределенный срок. Кстати, to go dark – есть ли это в словарях? Обычно так говорят, когда, скажем, музей, театр или web-сайт прерывают работу на некоторое время – с возможностью ее возобновления.
    •• Еще один пример интересного с точки зрения перевода и лексикографии употребления наречия (для контекста даю несколько предшествующих фраз):
    •• After months of inaction, I finally turned to former President Bush, who immediately interceded with Crown Prince Abdallah on the FBI’s behalf. <...> The Saudis immediately acceded. <...> Mr. Bush typically disclaimed any credit for his critical intervention, but he earned the gratitude of many FBI agents and the Khobar families. (American Justice for Khobar Heroes. By Louis J. Freeh. Wall Street Journal)
    •• Typically здесь нельзя переводить как типично или даже что для него типично. В каких-то случаях может подойти разговорное что характерно. Но лучше, конечно, в свойственной ему манере или как обычно. Думаю, в двуязычном словаре для такого примера должно найтись место. Во-первых, он показывает идиоматичное употребление английского наречия. Во-вторых, подсказывает перевод.
    •• Наречия типа confusingly обычно не включаются в словари в качестве отдельной статьи. Считается, что перевод таких слов, как amazingly или startlingly, не должен вызывать трудностей, но это не всегда так. На конференции по товарным знакам встретилось выражение confusingly similar. В юридическом словаре есть confusion in trademarks – смешение товарных знаков. Соответственно confusingly similar – схожий/ аналогичный до степени смешения (принятый практиками перевод). Пожалуй, это стоит включить не только в специальный словарь.

    English-Russian nonsystematic dictionary > historically

  • 49 open

    open ['əʊpən]
    ouvert ⇒ 1 (a)-(d), 1 (n), 1 (o), 1 (q)-(s) découvert ⇒ 1 (e) dégagé ⇒ 1 (g) vacant ⇒ 1 (h) libre ⇒ 1 (h) non résolu ⇒ 1 (k) franc ⇒ 1 (n) ouvrir ⇒ 2 (a)-(g), 3 (d) déboucher ⇒ 2 (a) commencer ⇒ 2 (e), 3 (e) engager ⇒ 2 (e) dégager ⇒ 2 (g) s'ouvrir ⇒ 3 (a)-(c)
    (a) (not shut → window, cupboard, suitcase, jar, box, sore, valve) ouvert;
    ∎ her eyes were slightly open/wide open ses yeux étaient entrouverts/grands ouverts;
    ∎ he kicked the door open il a ouvert la porte d'un coup de pied;
    ∎ the panels slide open les panneaux s'ouvrent en coulissant;
    ∎ to smash/lever sth open ouvrir qch en le fracassant/à l'aide d'un levier;
    ∎ I can't get the bottle open je n'arrive pas à ouvrir la bouteille;
    ∎ there's a bottle already open in the fridge il y a une bouteille entamée dans le frigo;
    ∎ you won't need the key, the door's open tu n'auras pas besoin de la clef, la porte est ouverte
    (b) (not fastened → coat, fly, packet) ouvert;
    ∎ his shirt was open to the waist sa chemise était ouverte ou déboutonnée jusqu'à la ceinture;
    ∎ his shirt was open at the neck le col de sa chemise était ouvert;
    ∎ her blouse hung open son chemisier était déboutonné;
    ∎ the wrapping had been torn open l'emballage avait été arraché ou déchiré
    (c) (spread apart, unfolded → arms, book, magazine, umbrella) ouvert; (→ newspaper) ouvert, déplié; (→ legs, knees) écarté;
    ∎ the book lay open at page 6 le livre était ouvert à la page 6;
    ∎ I dropped the coin into his open hand or palm j'ai laissé tomber la pièce de monnaie dans le creux de sa main;
    ∎ the seams had split open les coutures avaient craqué;
    ∎ he ran into my open arms il s'est précipité dans mes bras
    ∎ I couldn't find a bank open je n'ai pas pu trouver une banque qui soit ouverte;
    ∎ are you open on Saturdays? ouvrez-vous le samedi?;
    ∎ we're open for business as usual nous sommes ouverts comme à l'habitude;
    ∎ open to the public (museum etc) ouvert ou accessible au public;
    ∎ open late ouvert en nocturne
    (e) (not covered → carriage, wagon, bus) découvert; (→ car) décapoté; (→ grave) ouvert; (→ boat) ouvert, non ponté; (→ courtyard, sewer) à ciel ouvert;
    ∎ the passengers sat on the open deck les passagers étaient assis sur le pont;
    ∎ the wine should be left open to breathe il faut laisser la bouteille ouverte pour que le vin puisse respirer
    (f) (not enclosed → hillside, plain)
    ∎ the shelter was open on three sides l'abri était ouvert sur trois côtés;
    ∎ the hill was open to the elements la colline était exposée à tous les éléments;
    ∎ our neighbourhood lacks open space notre quartier manque d'espaces verts;
    ∎ the wide open spaces of Texas les grands espaces du Texas;
    ∎ shanty towns sprang up on every scrap of open ground des bidonvilles ont surgi sur la moindre parcelle de terrain vague;
    ∎ they were attacked in open country ils ont été attaqués en rase campagne;
    ∎ open countryside stretched away to the horizon la campagne s'étendait à perte de vue;
    ∎ open grazing land pâturages mpl non clôturés;
    ∎ ahead lay a vast stretch of open water au loin s'étendait une vaste étendue d'eau;
    ∎ in the open air en plein air;
    ∎ nothing beats life in the open air il n'y a rien de mieux que la vie au grand air;
    ∎ he took to the open road il a pris la route;
    ∎ it'll do 150 on the open road elle monte à 150 sur l'autoroute;
    ∎ the open sea la haute mer, le large
    (g) (unobstructed → road, passage) dégagé; (→ mountain pass) ouvert, praticable; (→ waterway) ouvert à la navigation; (→ view) dégagé;
    ∎ only one lane on the bridge is open il n'y a qu'une voie ouverte à la circulation sur le pont
    (h) (unoccupied, available → job) vacant; (→ period of time) libre;
    ∎ we have two positions open nous avons deux postes à pourvoir;
    ∎ I'll keep this Friday open for you je vous réserverai ce vendredi;
    ∎ she likes to keep her weekends open elle préfère ne pas faire de projets pour le week-end;
    ∎ it's the only course of action open to us c'est la seule chose que nous puissions faire;
    ∎ she used every opportunity open to her elle a profité de toutes les occasions qui se présentaient à elle;
    ∎ he wants to keep his options open il ne veut pas s'engager
    (i) (unrestricted → competition) ouvert (à tous); (→ meeting, trial) public; (→ society) ouvert, démocratique;
    ∎ the contest is not open to company employees le concours n'est pas ouvert au personnel de la société;
    ∎ club membership is open to anyone aucune condition particulière n'est requise pour devenir membre du club;
    ∎ a career open to very few une carrière accessible à très peu de gens ou très fermée;
    ∎ there are few positions of responsibility open to immigrants les immigrés ont rarement accès aux postes de responsabilité;
    ∎ the field is wide open for someone with your talents pour quelqu'un d'aussi doué que vous, ce domaine offre des possibilités quasi illimitées;
    ∎ to extend an open invitation to sb inviter qn à venir chez soi quand il le souhaite;
    ∎ it's an open invitation to tax-dodgers/thieves c'est une invitation à la fraude fiscale/aux voleurs;
    ∎ American familiar Reno was a pretty open town in those days à cette époque, Reno était aux mains des hors-la-loi□ ;
    ∎ they have an open marriage ils forment un couple très libre
    (j) (unprotected, unguarded → flank, fire) ouvert; (→ wiring) non protégé;
    ∎ the two countries share miles of open border les deux pays sont séparés par des kilomètres de frontière non matérialisée;
    ∎ Sport he missed an open goal il n'y avait pas de défenseurs, et il a raté le but;
    ∎ to lay oneself open to criticism prêter le flanc à la critique
    (k) (undecided → question) non résolu, non tranché;
    ∎ the election is still wide open l'élection n'est pas encore jouée;
    ∎ it's still an open question whether he'll resign or not on ne sait toujours pas s'il va démissionner;
    ∎ I prefer to leave the matter open je préfère laisser cette question en suspens;
    ∎ he wanted to leave the date open il n'a pas voulu fixer de date
    ∎ his speech is open to misunderstanding son discours peut prêter à confusion;
    ∎ the prices are not open to negotiation les prix ne sont pas négociables;
    ∎ the plan is open to modification le projet n'a pas encore été finalisé;
    ∎ it's open to debate whether she knew about it or not on peut se demander si elle était au courant;
    ∎ open to doubt douteux
    ∎ to be open to suggestions être ouvert aux suggestions;
    ∎ I don't want to go but I'm open to persuasion je ne veux pas y aller mais je pourrais me laisser persuader;
    ∎ I try to keep an open mind about such things j'essaie de ne pas avoir de préjugés sur ces questions;
    ∎ open to any reasonable offer disposé à considérer toute offre raisonnable
    (n) (candid → person, smile, countenance) ouvert, franc (franche); (→ discussion) franc (franche);
    ∎ let's be open with each other soyons francs l'un avec l'autre;
    ∎ they weren't very open about their intentions ils se sont montrés assez discrets en ce qui concerne leurs intentions;
    ∎ he is open about his homosexuality il ne cache pas son homosexualité
    (o) (blatant → contempt, criticism, conflict, disagreement) ouvert; (→ attempt) non dissimulé; (→ scandal) public; (→ rivalry) déclaré;
    ∎ her open dislike son aversion déclarée;
    ∎ the country is in a state of open civil war le pays est en état de véritable guerre civile;
    ∎ they are in open revolt ils sont en révolte ouverte;
    ∎ they acted in open violation of the treaty ce qu'ils ont fait constitue une violation flagrante du traité;
    ∎ they showed an open disregard for the law ils ont fait preuve d'un manque de respect flagrant face à la loi;
    ∎ it's an open admission of guilt cela équivaut à un aveu
    (p) (loose → weave) lâche
    (q) Sport (play → free-flowing) ouvert, dégagé
    (r) Linguistics (vowel, syllable) ouvert
    (u) Music (string) à vide
    (a) (window, lock, shop, eyes, border) ouvrir; (wound) rouvrir; (bottle, can) ouvrir, déboucher; (wine) déboucher;
    ∎ open quotations or inverted commas ouvrez les guillemets;
    ∎ she opened her eyes very wide elle ouvrit grand les yeux, elle écarquilla les yeux;
    ∎ they plan to open the border to refugees ils projettent d'ouvrir la frontière aux réfugiés;
    ∎ Photography open the aperture one more stop ouvrez d'un diaphragme de plus;
    ∎ figurative to open one's heart to sb se confier à qn;
    ∎ we must open our minds to new ideas nous devons être ouverts aux idées nouvelles
    (b) (unfasten → coat, envelope, gift, collar) ouvrir
    (c) (unfold, spread apart → book, umbrella, penknife, arms, hand) ouvrir; (→ newspaper) ouvrir, déplier; (→ legs, knees) écarter
    (d) (pierce → hole) percer; (→ breach) ouvrir; (→ way, passage) ouvrir, frayer;
    ∎ to open a road through the jungle ouvrir une route à travers la jungle;
    ∎ the agreement opens the way for peace l'accord va mener à la paix
    (e) (start → campaign, discussion, account, trial) ouvrir, commencer; (→ negotiations) ouvrir, engager; (→ conversation) engager, entamer; Banking & Finance (→ account, loan) ouvrir;
    ∎ her new film opened the festival son dernier film a ouvert le festival;
    ∎ to open a file on sb ouvrir un dossier sur qn;
    ∎ to open fire (on or at sb) ouvrir le feu (sur qn);
    ∎ to open the bidding (in bridge) ouvrir (les enchères);
    ∎ to open the betting (in poker) lancer les enchères;
    ∎ Finance to open a line of credit ouvrir un crédit;
    ∎ to open Parliament ouvrir la session du Parlement;
    ∎ Law to open the case exposer les faits
    (f) (set up → shop, business) ouvrir; (inaugurate → hospital, airport, library) ouvrir, inaugurer
    (g) (clear, unblock → road, lane, passage) dégager; (→ mountain pass) ouvrir
    (a) (door, window) (s')ouvrir; (suitcase, valve, padlock, eyes) s'ouvrir;
    ∎ the window opens outwards la fenêtre (s')ouvre vers l'extérieur;
    ∎ open wide! ouvrez grand!;
    ∎ to open, press down and twist pour ouvrir, appuyez et tournez;
    ∎ both rooms open onto the corridor les deux chambres donnent ou ouvrent sur le couloir;
    ∎ figurative the heavens opened and we got drenched il s'est mis à tomber des trombes d'eau et on s'est fait tremper
    (b) (unfold, spread apart → book, umbrella, parachute) s'ouvrir; (→ bud, leaf) s'ouvrir, s'épanouir;
    ∎ a new life opened before her une nouvelle vie s'ouvrait devant elle
    (c) (gape → chasm) s'ouvrir
    ∎ what time do you open on Sundays? à quelle heure ouvrez-vous le dimanche?;
    ∎ the doors open at 8 p.m. les portes ouvrent à 20 heures;
    ∎ to open late ouvrir en nocturne
    (e) (start → campaign, meeting, discussion, concert, play, story) commencer;
    ∎ the book opens with a murder le livre commence par un meurtre;
    ∎ the hunting season opens in September la chasse ouvre en septembre;
    ∎ she opened with a statement of the association's goals elle commença par une présentation des buts de l'association;
    ∎ the film opens next week le film sort la semaine prochaine;
    ∎ Theatre when are you opening? quand aura lieu la première?;
    ∎ when it opened on Broadway, the play flopped lorsqu'elle est sortie à Broadway, la pièce a fait un four;
    ∎ the Dow Jones opened at 2461 le Dow Jones a ouvert à 2461;
    ∎ to open with two clubs (in bridge) ouvrir de deux trèfles
    4 noun
    (a) (outdoors, open air)
    ∎ (out) in the open (gen) en plein air, dehors; (in countryside) au grand air;
    ∎ eating (out) in the open gives me an appetite manger au grand air me donne de l'appétit;
    ∎ to sleep in the open dormir à la belle étoile
    ∎ to bring sth (out) into the open exposer ou étaler qch au grand jour;
    ∎ the riot brought the instability of the regime out into the open l'émeute a révélé l'instabilité du régime;
    ∎ the conflict finally came out into the open le conflit a finalement éclaté au grand jour
    (c) Sport open m;
    ∎ the British Open (golf) l'open m ou le tournoi open de Grande-Bretagne;
    ∎ the French Open (tennis) Roland-Garros
    ►► Banking open account compte m ouvert;
    open bar buvette f gratuite, bar m gratuit;
    Banking open cheque chèque m ouvert ou non barré;
    Military & Politics open city ville f ouverte;
    School open classroom classe f primaire à activités libres;
    Stock Exchange open contract position f ouverte;
    Finance open credit crédit m à découvert;
    British open day journée f portes ouvertes;
    Economics open economy économie f ouverte;
    open house American (open day) journée f portes ouvertes; (party) grande fête f;
    ∎ British to keep open house tenir table ouverte;
    open inquiry enquête f publique;
    British open learning enseignement m à la carte (par correspondance ou à temps partiel);
    open letter lettre f ouverte;
    ∎ an open letter to the President une lettre ouverte au Président;
    open market marché m libre;
    ∎ to buy sth on the open market acheter qch sur le marché libre;
    ∎ Stock Exchange to buy shares on the open market acheter des actions en Bourse;
    open mike = période pendant laquelle les clients d'un café-théâtre ou d'un bar peuvent chanter ou raconter des histoires drôles au micro;
    open mesh mailles fpl lâches;
    Stock Exchange open money market marché m libre des capitaux;
    Stock Exchange open outcry criée f;
    Stock Exchange open outcry system système m de criée;
    open pattern motif m aéré;
    Insurance open policy police f flottante;
    Stock Exchange open position position f ouverte;
    American Politics open primary = élection primaire américaine ouverte aux non-inscrits d'un parti;
    open prison prison f ouverte;
    open sandwich (gen) tartine f; (cocktail food) canapé m;
    open season saison f;
    ∎ the open season for hunting la saison de la chasse;
    ∎ figurative the tabloid papers have declared open season on the private lives of rock stars les journaux à scandale se sont mis à traquer les stars du rock dans leur vie privée;
    Aviation & Theatre open seating places fpl non réservées;
    British open secret secret m de Polichinelle;
    ∎ it's an open secret that Alison will get the job c'est Alison qui aura le poste, ce n'est un secret pour personne;
    sésame, ouvre-toi!
    2 noun
    ∎ good A level results aren't necessarily an open sesame to university de bons résultats aux "A levels" n'ouvrent pas forcément la porte de l'université;
    Industry open shop British (open to non-union members) = entreprise ne pratiquant pas le monopole d'embauche; American (with no union) établissement m sans syndicat;
    open ticket billet m open;
    Sport open tournament (tournoi m) open m;
    British Open University = enseignement universitaire par correspondance doublé d'émissions de télévision ou de radio;
    Law open verdict verdict m de décès sans cause déterminée
    (a) (unfold → bud, petals) s'ouvrir, s'épanouir; (→ parachute) s'ouvrir; (→ sail) se gonfler;
    ∎ the sofa opens out into a bed le canapé est convertible en lit;
    ∎ the doors open out onto a terrace les portes donnent ou s'ouvrent sur une terrasse
    (b) (lie → vista, valley) s'étendre, s'ouvrir;
    ∎ miles of wheatfields opened out before us des champs de blé s'étendaient devant nous à perte de vue
    (c) (widen → path, stream) s'élargir;
    ∎ the river opens out into a lake la rivière se jette dans un lac;
    ∎ the trail finally opens out onto a plateau la piste débouche sur un plateau
    ∎ he opened out after a few drinks quelques verres ont suffi à le faire sortir de sa réserve
    (unfold → newspaper, deck chair, fan) ouvrir;
    ∎ the peacock opened out its tail le paon a fait la roue
    ➲ open up
    ∎ open up or I'll call the police! ouvrez, sinon j'appelle la police!;
    ∎ open up in there! ouvrez, là-dedans!
    (b) (become available → possibility) s'ouvrir;
    ∎ we may have a position opening up in May il se peut que nous ayons un poste disponible en mai;
    ∎ new markets are opening up de nouveaux marchés sont en train de s'ouvrir
    (c) (for business → shop, branch etc) (s')ouvrir;
    ∎ a new hotel opens up every week un nouvel hôtel ouvre ses portes chaque semaine
    (d) (start firing → guns) faire feu, tirer; (→ troops, person) ouvrir le feu, se mettre à tirer
    (e) (become less reserved → person) s'ouvrir; (→ discussion) s'animer;
    ∎ he won't open up even to me il ne s'ouvre pas, même à moi;
    ∎ he needs to open up about his feelings il a besoin de dire ce qu'il a sur le cœur ou de s'épancher;
    ∎ I got her to open up about her doubts j'ai réussi à la convaincre de me faire part de ses doutes
    (f) (become interesting) devenir intéressant;
    ∎ things are beginning to open up in my field of research ça commence à bouger dans mon domaine de recherche;
    ∎ the game opened up in the last half le match est devenu plus ouvert après la mi-temps
    (a) (crate, gift, bag, tomb) ouvrir;
    ∎ we're opening up the summer cottage this weekend nous ouvrons la maison de campagne ce week-end;
    ∎ the sleeping bag will dry faster if you open it up le sac de couchage séchera plus vite si tu l'ouvres
    ∎ each morning, Lucy opened up the shop chaque matin, Lucy ouvrait la boutique;
    ∎ he wants to open up a travel agency il veut ouvrir une agence de voyages
    (c) (for development → isolated region) désenclaver; (→ quarry, oilfield) ouvrir, commencer l'exploitation de; (→ new markets) ouvrir;
    ∎ irrigation will open up new land for agriculture l'irrigation permettra la mise en culture de nouvelles terres;
    ∎ the airport opened up the island for tourism l'aéroport a ouvert l'île au tourisme;
    ∎ a discovery which opens up new fields of research une découverte qui crée de nouveaux domaines de recherche;
    ∎ the policy opened up possibilities for closer cooperation la politique a créé les conditions d'une coopération plus étroite
    ∎ he opened it or her up il a accéléré à fond

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > open

  • 50 ἀνακρίνω

    ἀνακρίνω (κρίνω ‘separate, decide’) fut. ἀνακρινῶ LXX, 1 aor. ἀνέκρινα, pass. ἀνεκρίθην (Thu. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; TestSol 1:3 A; TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 13f [Stone p. 32]).
    ① to engage in careful study of a question, question, examine, of general questions (s. ἀνάκρισις; Epict. 1, 1, 20; 2, 20, 27 τὴν Πυθίαν; 1 Km 20:12; Sus 13; Jos., Ant. 5, 329) ἀ. τὰς γραφάς examine the Scriptures Ac 17:11 (ἀ. εἰ as Jos., Ant. 8, 267; 12, 197). ἀ. τοὺς λόγους inquire about the words (of the elders) Papias (2:4) (expiscabar Rufin.). μηδὲν ἀνακρίνοντες without asking questions 1 Cor 10:25, 27; Ac 11:12 v.l. (for διακρίνω).
    ② to conduct a judicial hearing, hear a case, question, administrative term w. acc. of pers. examined (SIG 953, 46 [II B.C.] ἀνακρινάντω δὲ καὶ τ. μάρτυρας; Sus 51 Theod.; Jos., Ant. 17, 131) ἀ. τοὺς φύλακας examine the guards Ac 12:19.—28:18; 1 Cor 4:3f; 9:3; GJs 21:2 (not pap); pass. 1 Cor 4:3. Abs. conduct an examination (Sus 48) Lk 23:14. W. indication of the matter investigated ἀ. περὶ πάντων τούτων about all these matters Ac 24:8.—W. the reasons for the hearing given ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ because of a benefaction 4:9 (an incongruous situation, w. Peter in effect challenging his audience to avoid shame, for ordinarily in the Gr-Rom. world a civic award was in order for an act of rescue, s. στέφανος and σῴζω). Judicial diction may be implied 1 Cor 2:15, but s. 3.
    ③ to examine with a view to finding fault, judge, call to account, discern (Demosth. 57, 66; 70; POxy 1209, 19; 1706, 20) πάντα 1 Cor 2:15; pass. vs. 14f; 14:24 (w. ἐλέγχειν). But s. 2 above.—M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἀνακρίνω

  • 51 stand

    stænd 1. past tense, past participle - stood; verb
    1) (to be in an upright position, not sitting or lying: His leg was so painful that he could hardly stand; After the storm, few trees were left standing.) stå (igjen)
    2) ((often with up) to rise to the feet: He pushed back his chair and stood up; Some people like to stand (up) when the National Anthem is played.) reise seg
    3) (to remain motionless: The train stood for an hour outside Newcastle.) stå stille
    4) (to remain unchanged: This law still stands.) stå ved makt, gjelde
    5) (to be in or have a particular place: There is now a factory where our house once stood.) stå, ligge, sitte
    6) (to be in a particular state, condition or situation: As matters stand, we can do nothing to help; How do you stand financially?) stå
    7) (to accept or offer oneself for a particular position etc: He is standing as Parliamentary candidate for our district.) stille som kandidat, stille seg
    8) (to put in a particular position, especially upright: He picked up the fallen chair and stood it beside the table.) sette, legge, stille
    9) (to undergo or endure: He will stand (his) trial for murder; I can't stand her rudeness any longer.) underkaste seg, stå for retten; utstå, tåle, orke
    10) (to pay for (a meal etc) for (a person): Let me stand you a drink!) spandere, rive i (en runde)
    2. noun
    1) (a position or place in which to stand ready to fight etc, or an act of fighting etc: The guard took up his stand at the gate; I shall make a stand for what I believe is right.) stilling; det å stå fram/markere seg
    2) (an object, especially a piece of furniture, for holding or supporting something: a coat-stand; The sculpture had been removed from its stand for cleaning.) stativ
    3) (a stall where goods are displayed for sale or advertisement.) salgsbod, stand
    4) (a large structure beside a football pitch, race course etc with rows of seats for spectators: The stand was crowded.) tribune
    5) ((American) a witness box in a law court.) vitneboks
    •
    - standing 3. noun
    1) (time of lasting: an agreement of long standing.) mangeårig, vedvarende (avtale/vennskap)
    2) (rank or reputation: a diplomat of high standing.) høy stilling; godt omdømme
    •
    4. adjective
    ((of an airline passenger or ticket) costing or paying less than the usual fare, as the passenger does not book a seat for a particular flight, but waits for the first available seat.) sjansebillett
    5. adverb
    (travelling in this way: It costs a lot less to travel stand-by.) med/på sjansebillett
    - standing-room
    - make someone's hair stand on end
    - stand aside
    - stand back
    - stand by
    - stand down
    - stand fast/firm
    - stand for
    - stand in
    - stand on one's own two feet
    - stand on one's own feet
    - stand out
    - stand over
    - stand up for
    - stand up to
    bod
    --------
    bås
    --------
    sokkel
    --------
    stand
    --------
    standpunkt
    --------
    stå
    I
    subst. \/stænd\/
    1) plass, stilling, oppstilling, posisjon, post (ved jakt)
    2) ( overført) holdning, standpunkt
    3) (forsøk på) motstand, forsvar
    4) stans, holdt
    5) ( lagringsplass) stativ, hylle, holder
    6) stand (f.eks. på messe), bod, kiosk, salgsplass, torgplass
    7) tribune
    8) scene, podium, estrade
    9) (hverdagslig, om omreisende teater e.l.) opphold, stoppested (der man har forestilling)
    be at a stand stå stille
    bring to a stand stanse, stoppe, stagge
    come to a stand stanse(s), stoppe(s)
    make a stand vise hvor man står, tone flagg, gjøre motstand, ta opp kampen, forsvare seg
    stand of arms ( om soldat) våpenutrustning
    the stands tribunen
    take a stand vise hvor man står, tone flagg, ta standpunkt, ta stilling
    take one's stand stille seg, ta oppstilling
    ta stilling, ta standpunkt
    ( jakt) stille seg på post
    take the stand eller take the witness stand avlegge vitneforklaring, ta plass i vitneboksen
    II
    verb ( stood - stood) \/stænd\/
    1) stå, stå oppreist
    2) reise seg (opp), stå opp
    3) stille (opp), reise (opp), sette, plassere
    • if you're naughty, you'll be stood in the corner
    4) ( om beliggenhet) ligge, være
    5) stå ved lag, stå fast, stå ved makt
    6) holde stand, stå seg
    7) møte, støte på, motstå, gjennomgå
    8) utstå, tåle, fordra, finne seg i
    9) måle, være
    10) ( sjøfart) styre, holde (kurs)
    11) spandere, rive i
    12) stå som, være
    stand about stå og henge, henge rundt
    stand again ( politikk) stille til gjenvalg
    stand alone stå alene (uten venner e.l.) stå i en klasse for seg, være enestående
    stand apart stå et stykke unna, holde seg på avstand stå utenfor, holde seg passiv ikke være som (alle) andre være i en klasse for seg
    stand around ( hverdagslig) stå og henge, henge rundt
    stand aside forholde seg passiv, (bare) stå og se på gå til side, gå ut av veien trekke seg
    stand at være, ligge på
    stand away holde seg unna, tre til side ( sjøfart) holde bort, holde unna
    stand back trekke seg bakover, trekke seg tilbake, trekke seg unna ligge tilbaketrukket
    stand by holde seg i beredskap, stå klar, stå parat, være for hånden
    bare stå og se på, bare stå der, forholde seg passiv
    • how can you stand by and let him ruin himself?
    bistå, støtte, holde med
    stå (fast) ved, stå for
    stand down gå av, trekke seg (tilbake), trekke sitt kandidatur
    ( på arbeidsplass) permittere (britisk, jus) forlate vitneboksen (jus, om sak) utsettes ( parlamentarisk) frafalle ordet ( militærvesen) gå av vakt, hvile etter beredskap ( sjøfart) seile med vinden, seile med strømmen
    stand easy! ( militærvesen) på stedet hvil!, hvil!
    stand firm stå fast, ha en fast holdning
    stand for stå for, bety, representere, symbolisere
    • what do these initials stand for?
    tjene som, gjøre tjeneste som
    kjempe for, være tilhenger av
    være kandidat til, stille til valg ved
    ( hverdagslig) tolerere, finne seg i
    stand for oneself stå på egne ben, klare seg (selv), være i stand til å forsvare seg
    stand forward tre frem, stige frem
    stand good stå fast, være gyldig, gjelde fortsatt
    stand good in law være lovgyldig
    stand high ( også overført) stå høyt i kurs
    stand in være stand-in, vikariere
    • will you stand in for me tomorrow?
    ( sjøfart) stå innover, styre mot land
    stand in with (amer., hverdagslig) stå på god fot med, stå seg godt med slutte seg til, støtte, hjelpe, gjøre felles sak med
    stand off holde seg på avstand, holde seg i bakgrunnen, holde seg unna trekke seg (unna) ( sjøfart) stå utover ( britisk) permittere, si opp midlertidig
    stand off and on ( sjøfart) krysse (nær land), ligge og dogge
    stand (up)on holde på, holde fast ved
    bygge på, være basert på, hvile på, bero på
    ( sjøfart) holde samme kurs
    stand out skille seg ut, stikke seg ut, avtegne seg
    stå ut, stikke ut
    utmerke seg
    ( sjøfart) stå ut
    stand out against avtegne seg mot holde stand mot, gjøre motstand mot
    stand over stå over, passe på
    • unless I stand over him, he will make mistakes
    hvis jeg ikke står over ham, kommer han til å gjøre feil
    intimidere, skremme, true (la) utstå, utsette(s)
    stand someone up la være å møte noen (som avtalt)
    stand still stå stille, stå i ro
    stand still for (amer.) tåle
    stand to ( militærvesen) stå i alarmberedskap (spesielt før daggry eller etter mørkets frembrudd) ( om å vinne eller tape) risikere, (kanskje) komme til å
    stand under ( sjøfart) gå for seil
    stand up reise seg (opp), stå (opp)
    stå (oppreist), stå på beina, holde seg på beina
    holde, vare
    stand up for ta i forsvar, forsvare, kjempe for, støtte, ta parti for
    stand up to motsi, ta til motmæle, konfrontere tåle, motstå
    stand up with danse med være forlover for
    stand well with stå høyt i gunst hos

    English-Norwegian dictionary > stand

  • 52 put

    [pʊt] 1.
    verbo transitivo ( forma in -ing - tt-; pass., p.pass. put)
    1) (place) mettere, porre [ object]

    to put sth. through — fare scivolare qcs. in [ letterbox]; passare qcs. da [ window]

    to put sth. through a test — sottoporre qcs. a una prova

    to put sb. through — fare andare qcn. a [university, college]; fare sostenere a qcn., sottoporre qcn. a [ test]; fare seguire a qcn. [ course]

    to put one's hand to — portare una mano a [ mouth]

    to put sb. to washing sth. — mettere qcn. a lavare qcs., fare lavare qcs. a qcn

    3) (devote, invest)

    to put money, energy into sth. — mettere o investire denaro, energia in qcs.

    to put a lot into — impegnarsi molto in o per [work, project]

    to put sth. towards — destinare qcs. a [gift, fund]

    to put tax on sth. — mettere una tassa su qcs

    to put it bluntly — per parlar chiaro, per dirla francamente

    that was very well put era molto ben espresso o molto ben detto; to put one's feelings into words esprimere i propri sentimenti a parole; to put sth. in writing — mettere qcs. per iscritto

    6) (offer for consideration) esporre [point of view, proposal]

    to put sth. to — esporre o sottoporre qcs. a [meeting, conference, board]

    to put sth. to the vote — mettere qcs. ai voti

    7) (rate, rank)

    to put sb. in the top rank of artists — considerare qcn. tra i migliori artisti

    to put sth. at — valutare o stimare qcs. [ sum]

    9) sport lanciare [ shot]
    2.
    verbo riflessivo ( forma in -ing - tt-; pass., p.pass. put)

    to put oneself in a strong position, in sb.'s place — mettersi in una posizione di forza, al posto di qcn

    ••

    to put one over o across BE on sb. — colloq. darla a bere a qcn

    * * *
    [put]
    present participle - putting; verb
    1) (to place in a certain position or situation: He put the plate in the cupboard; Did you put any sugar in my coffee?; He put his arm round her; I'm putting a new lock on the door; You're putting too much strain on that rope; When did the Russians first put a man into space?; You've put me in a bad temper; Can you put (=translate) this sentence into French?) mettere
    2) (to submit or present (a proposal, question etc): I put several questions to him; She put her ideas before the committee.) porre, presentare
    3) (to express in words: He put his refusal very politely; Children sometimes have such a funny way of putting things!) esprimere, esporre
    4) (to write down: I'm trying to write a letter to her, but I don't know what to put.) mettere
    5) (to sail in a particular direction: We put out to sea; The ship put into harbour for repairs.) procedere, dirigersi
    •
    - a put-up job
    - put about
    - put across/over
    - put aside
    - put away
    - put back
    - put by
    - put down
    - put down for
    - put one's feet up
    - put forth
    - put in
    - put in for
    - put off
    - put on
    - put out
    - put through
    - put together
    - put up
    - put up to
    - put up with
    * * *
    put (1) /pʊt/
    n.
    ● ( Borsa) put and call ( option), opzione doppia ( per acquisto o vendita, a scelta); stellaggio; stellage (franc.) □ ( Borsa) put of more, contratto (a premio) di aggiunta; noch per consegnare □ ( Borsa) put price, prezzo di esercizio ( di un'opzione put).
    put (2) /pʊt/
    a.
    (fam.) fermo; immobile; irremovibile: to stay put, restare immobile; essere irremovibile.
    put (3) /pʌt/
    ► putt.
    ♦ (to) put (1) /pʊt/
    (pass. e p. p. put)
    A v. t.
    1 mettere; porre; collocare; apporre; disporre; imporre; aggiungere: I'll put the car into the garage, metterò l'auto in garage; Put yourself in my place, mettiti al mio posto (o nei miei panni); He put the matter in my hands, ha messo la faccenda nelle mie mani; A new tax was put on cattle, è stata imposta una nuova tassa sul bestiame
    3 esporre; esprimere; presentare; dire: I put the matter to him, gli esposi la faccenda; I cannot put it into words, non so esprimerlo (o dirlo) a parole; He has a strange way of putting things, ha uno strano modo di presentare le cose; to put it bluntly, per dire le cose come stanno; per dirla schietta
    4 porre; proporre; presentare; sottoporre; fare: I put the case to the manager, sottoposi il caso al direttore; to put a question to the vote, mettere (o porre) ai voti una questione
    5 calcolare; stimare; valutare: The damage is put at £1m, si stima che i danni ammontino a un milione di sterline
    6 attribuire; ascrivere; dare
    7 ( nelle corse) puntare, scommettere ( denaro)
    8 piantare; conficcare; infiggere: to put a knife into sb., conficcare un coltello in corpo a q.; accoltellare q.
    9 ( sport: calcio, ecc.) piazzare ( un tiro)
    B v. i.
    (spec. naut.) procedere; dirigersi; far rotta per: to put to sea, prendere il largo; allontanarsi
    ● (eufem.) to put an animal to sleep, sopprimere un animale □ to put the blame on sb., dare la colpa a q. □ to put a check on st., mettere un freno a qc. □ to put an end to, por fine a; porre termine a □ to put a field to (o under) potatoes, mettere un campo a patate □ (fig. fam.) to put one's foot in it (o in one's mouth), fare una gaffe, farla grossa □ (comm.) to put goods on the market, immettere merce in un mercato □ to put sb. in mind of st., ricordare (o rammentare) qc. a q. □ to put sb. in possession of st., far entrare q. in possesso di qc. □ to put sb. in the wrong, mettere q. dalla parte del torto □ to put a law in force, far entrare in vigore (o rendere esecutiva) una legge □ to put money to good use, far buon uso del denaro □ to put new life into, infondere nuova vita in □ to put oneself, mettersi: to put oneself on a diet, mettersi a dieta; to put oneself in sb. 's shoes, mettersi nei panni di q.; to put oneself in sb. 's place, mettersi al posto di q.; to put oneself at ease, mettersi a proprio agio □ to put paid to a matter, sistemare una faccenda □ ( USA) to put st. on the street, mettere in piazza qc.; raccontare qc. in giro □ to put pressure on sb., mettere q. sotto pressione □ to put sb. right, correggere q. □ to put st. right, mettere a posto, aggiustare qc.: to put a matter right, sistemare una faccenda □ (fig.) to put a spoke in sb. 's wheel, mettere il bastone fra le ruote a q. □ to put to bed, mettere a letto □ to put sb. to death, mettere a morte q. □ to put sb. to flight, mettere in fuga q. □ to put sb. to sleep, far addormentare q. □ to put sb. to the sword, passare q. a fil di spada □ to put st. to use, fare uso di qc.; servirsi di qc. □ (fam. USA) to put sb. wise, avvertire q. (di qc.); aprire gli occhi a q. (fig.) □ to be hard put, trovarsi in grande difficoltà; essere messo alle strette: I was hard put to finish my work in time, mi ci volle del bello e del buono per finire in tempo il lavoro.
    (to) put (2) /pʌt/
    ► to putt.
    * * *
    [pʊt] 1.
    verbo transitivo ( forma in -ing - tt-; pass., p.pass. put)
    1) (place) mettere, porre [ object]

    to put sth. through — fare scivolare qcs. in [ letterbox]; passare qcs. da [ window]

    to put sth. through a test — sottoporre qcs. a una prova

    to put sb. through — fare andare qcn. a [university, college]; fare sostenere a qcn., sottoporre qcn. a [ test]; fare seguire a qcn. [ course]

    to put one's hand to — portare una mano a [ mouth]

    to put sb. to washing sth. — mettere qcn. a lavare qcs., fare lavare qcs. a qcn

    3) (devote, invest)

    to put money, energy into sth. — mettere o investire denaro, energia in qcs.

    to put a lot into — impegnarsi molto in o per [work, project]

    to put sth. towards — destinare qcs. a [gift, fund]

    to put tax on sth. — mettere una tassa su qcs

    to put it bluntly — per parlar chiaro, per dirla francamente

    that was very well put era molto ben espresso o molto ben detto; to put one's feelings into words esprimere i propri sentimenti a parole; to put sth. in writing — mettere qcs. per iscritto

    6) (offer for consideration) esporre [point of view, proposal]

    to put sth. to — esporre o sottoporre qcs. a [meeting, conference, board]

    to put sth. to the vote — mettere qcs. ai voti

    7) (rate, rank)

    to put sb. in the top rank of artists — considerare qcn. tra i migliori artisti

    to put sth. at — valutare o stimare qcs. [ sum]

    9) sport lanciare [ shot]
    2.
    verbo riflessivo ( forma in -ing - tt-; pass., p.pass. put)

    to put oneself in a strong position, in sb.'s place — mettersi in una posizione di forza, al posto di qcn

    ••

    to put one over o across BE on sb. — colloq. darla a bere a qcn

    English-Italian dictionary > put

  • 53 ἄν

    ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,
    A

    εἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2

    , 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.
    A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.
    I WITH INDICATIVE:
    1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,
    a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh.

    καί κε θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4

    . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,

    εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755

    , cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;

    εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3

    .
    c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.
    d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.
    2 with [tense] fut. ind.:
    a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;

    ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80

    ; so in Lyr.,

    μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68

    , cf. I.6(5).59.
    b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,

    σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140

    ;

    οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d

    , cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;

    οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36

     (corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.
    II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future,

    οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις 3.54

    , al.
    III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):
    a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:

    ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28

    ;

    οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b

    :—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.
    b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;

    ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116

    , cf. D.1.26, al.
    c with protasis understood:

    φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269

    ; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447;

    οὐδ' ἂν δικαίως ἐς κακὸν πέσοιμί τι S.Ant. 240

    , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time,

    Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85

    .
    d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.
    e in questions, expressing a wish:

    τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100

    , cf.A.Ag. 1448;

    πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389

    : hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty,

    τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν Il.4.94

    ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.
    f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.
    g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis:

    ῥεῖα θεός γ' ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι Od.3.231

    , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,

    θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186

    ;

    τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605

    .
    h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.
    IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,

    τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b

    ) representing ind. or opt.:
    1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.
    2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.
    b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.
    3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:
    a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.
    b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.
    4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional,

    ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα Pl.Ap. 30c

     (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,

    νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8

    , cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.
    I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, once

    εἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288

    , twice

    εἴπερ ἄν 5.224

    , 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.
    2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (

    ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412

    ), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.
    3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,

    σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32

    ;

    ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e

    ;

    μηχανητέον ὅπως ἂν διαφύγῃ Grg. 481a

     (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.

    ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156

     ( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.
    II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.

    εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597

    ),

    εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353

    ; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as in

    ὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81

    .
    2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;

    ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6

    :—similarly after a preceding opt.,

    οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d

    .
    III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:
    1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:

    αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213

    :—so with relat.,

    οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175

    .
    2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,

    εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526

    ; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.
    IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as

    ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56

    ;

    ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136

     (iv A. D.);

    ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19

    ; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.
    C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;

    εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295

    ; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;

    διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b

    : inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.
    D GENERAL REMARKS:
    I POSITION OF ἄν.
    1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; as

    εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281

    -4; rarely by τις, as

    ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14

    :—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, as

    εἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355

    , cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,

    ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45

    ;

    ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420

    : also

    ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e

    , cf. 850a;

    ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται 739c

    .
    2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.
    3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;

    οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2

    ; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;

    οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b

    ;

    οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12

    .
    4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,

    ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax

     <*>37.
    II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,

    ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333

    , cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15;

    ἀφανεῖς ἂν ὄντες οὐκ ἂν ὑμνήθημεν ἄν E.Tr. 1244

    , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.
    2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.
    III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι)

    , εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935

    :—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)

    εἰ.. Isoc.10.48

    :—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.
    IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:

    πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049

    : even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,
    A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,

    ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b

    ; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;

    ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4

    : not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (D), shortened from ἄνα, v. sub ἀνά G.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄν

  • 54 ὡς

    ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as
    ① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, like
    ⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.
    ⓑ special uses
    α. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.
    β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).
    γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).
    δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.
    ② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.
    ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.
    ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.
    ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.
    α. a substantive
    א. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.
    ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.
    β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.
    ⓓ other noteworthy uses
    α. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).
    β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).
    γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.
    ③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as
    ⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or role
    α. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.
    β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).
    γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.
    ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.
    ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).
    ④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.
    ⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.
    ⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.
    ⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.
    ⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).
    ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.
    ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.
    ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.
    α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.
    β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.
    ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).
    ⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to
    ⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).
    ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).
    ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὡς

  • 55 for

    1. preposition
    1) (representing, on behalf of, in exchange against) für; (in place of) für; anstelle von

    what is the German for "buzz"? — wie heißt "buzz" auf Deutsch?

    2) (in defence, support, or favour of) für

    be for doing something — dafür sein, etwas zu tun

    it's each [man] or every man for himself — jeder ist auf sich selbst gestellt

    3) (to the benefit of) für
    4) (with a view to) für; (conducive[ly] to) zu

    they invited me for Christmas/Monday/supper — sie haben mich zu Weihnachten/für Montag/zum Abendessen eingeladen

    what is it for? — wofür/wozu ist das?

    5) (being the motive of) für; (having as purpose) zu

    take somebody for a ride in the car/a walk — jemanden im Auto spazieren fahren/mit jemandem einen Spaziergang machen

    work for a living — für den Lebensunterhalt arbeiten

    run/jump etc. for it — loslaufen/-springen usw.

    7) (to reach) nach

    set out for England/the north/an island — nach England/Norden/zu einer Insel aufbrechen

    8) (to be received by) für

    that's Jim for you — das sieht Jim mal wieder ähnlich

    be dressed/ready for dinner — zum Dinner angezogen/fertig sein

    have something for breakfast/pudding — etwas zum Frühstück/Nachtisch haben

    enough... for — genug... für

    too... for — zu... für

    there is nothing for it but to do something — es gibt keine andere Möglichkeit, als etwas zu tun

    10) (to the amount of)

    cheque/ bill for £5 — Scheck/Rechnung über od. in Höhe von 5 Pfund

    things don't look very promising for the business — was die Geschäfte angeht, sieht das alles nicht sehr vielversprechend aus

    it is wise/advisable for somebody to do something — es ist vernünftig/ratsam, dass jemand etwas tut

    it's hopeless for me to try and explain the system — es ist sinnlos, dir das System erklären zu wollen

    12) (as being) für

    I/you etc. for one — ich/ du usw. für mein[en]/dein[en] usw. Teil

    famous/well-known for something — berühmt/ bekannt wegen od. für etwas

    jump/ shout for joy — vor Freude in die Luft springen/schreien

    were it not for you/ your help, I should not be able to do it — ohne dich/deine Hilfe wäre ich nicht dazu in der Lage

    for all... — trotz...

    for all that,... — trotzdem...

    16) (on account of the hindrance of) vor (+ Dat.)

    for fear of... — aus Angst vor (+ Dat.)

    but for..., except for... — wenn nicht... gewesen wäre, [dann]...

    17) (so far as concerns)

    for all I know/care... — möglicherweise/was mich betrifft,...

    for one thing,... — zunächst einmal...

    18) (considering the usual nature of) für
    19) (during) seit

    we've/we haven't been here for three years — wir sind seit drei Jahren hier/nicht mehr hier gewesen

    we waited for hours/three hours — wir warteten stundenlang/drei Stunden lang

    sit here for now or for the moment — bleiben Sie im Augenblick hier sitzen

    20) (to the extent of)

    walk for 20 miles/for another 20 miles — 20 Meilen [weit] gehen/weiter gehen

    21)

    be for it — (coll.) dran sein (ugs.); sich auf was gefasst machen können (ugs.)

    2. conjunction
    (since, as proof) denn
    * * *
    [fo:] 1. preposition
    1) (to be given or sent to: This letter is for you.) für
    2) (towards; in the direction of: We set off for London.) nach
    3) (through a certain time or distance: for three hours; for three miles.) für
    4) (in order to have, get, be etc: He asked me for some money; Go for a walk.) nach
    5) (in return; as payment: He paid $2 for his ticket.) für
    6) (in order to be prepared: He's getting ready for the journey.) für
    7) (representing: He is the member of parliament for Hull.) für
    8) (on behalf of: Will you do it for me?)
    9) (in favour of: Are you for or against the plan?) dafür
    10) (because of: for this reason.) wegen, aus
    11) (having a particular purpose: She gave me money for the bus fare.) für
    12) (indicating an ability or an attitude to: a talent for baking; an ear for music.) für
    13) (as being: They mistook him for someone else.) für
    14) (considering what is used in the case of: It is quite warm for January (= considering that it is January when it is usually cold).) für
    15) (in spite of: For all his money, he didn't seem happy.) trotz
    2. conjunction
    (because: It must be late, for I have been here a long time.) denn
    * * *
    [fɔ:ʳ, fəʳ, AM fɔ:r, fɚ]
    I. conj ( liter or dated) denn
    II. prep
    1. (intended to be given to) für + akk
    I bought a new collar \for my dog ich habe ein neues Halsband für meinen Hund gekauft
    this is a birthday present \for you hier ist ein Geburtstagsgeschenk für dich
    there are government subsidies available \for farmers für Bauern gibt es Zuschüsse vom Staat
    to vote \for sb/sth für jdn/etw stimmen
    they voted \for independence in a referendum sie haben sich in einem Referendum für die Unabhängigkeit ausgesprochen
    ▪ to be \for sb/sth für jdn/etw sein
    his followers are still \for him seine Anhänger unterstützen ihn noch immer
    to be \for a good cause für einen guten Zweck sein
    to be all \for sth ganz für etw akk sein
    to be \for doing sth dafür sein, dass etw getan wird
    are you \for banning smoking in public places? sind Sie dafür, das Rauchen in der Öffentlichkeit zu verbieten?
    3. (regarding sb) für + akk
    I'm happy \for you that it finally worked out ich freue mich für dich, dass es endlich geklappt hat
    you're not making it easy \for me to tell you the truth du machst es mir nicht gerade einfach, dir die Wahrheit zu sagen
    the coffee was too strong \for me der Kaffee war mir zu stark
    luckily \for me, I already had another job zu meinem Glück hatte ich bereits eine andere Stelle
    the admiration she felt \for him soon died ihre Bewunderung für ihn war schnell verflogen
    is this seat high enough \for you? ist Ihnen dieser Sitz hoch genug?
    I feel sorry \for her sie tut mir leid
    to feel nothing but contempt \for sb/sth nichts als Verachtung für jdn/etw empfinden
    ▪ to be concerned \for sb/sth um jdn/etw besorgt sein
    to feel \for sb mit jdm fühlen
    as \for me was mich betrifft [o angeht]
    Jackie's already left and, as \for me, I'm going at the end of the month Jackie ist schon weg, und was mich angeht, ich gehe Ende des Monats
    4. (regarding sth) für + akk
    how are you doing \for money? wie sieht es bei dir mit dem Geld aus?
    \for my part was mich betrifft
    \for all I know möglicherweise
    \for all I know, he could have left the country möglicherweise hat er schon das Land verlassen
    to be responsible \for sth für etw akk verantwortlich sein
    to prepare \for sth sich akk auf etw akk vorbereiten
    5. (comparing) für + akk
    the summer has been quite hot \for England für England war das ein ziemlich heißer Sommer
    ▪ to be too big/fast \for sb/sth zu groß/schnell für jdn/etw sein
    she's very mature \for her age sie ist für ihr Alter schon sehr reif
    the weather is warm \for the time of year für diese Jahreszeit ist das Wetter mild
    he's quite thoughtful \for a child of 8 für einen Achtjährigen ist er ziemlich rücksichtsvoll
    6. (to get, have)
    oh \for something to drink! hätte ich doch bloß etwas zu trinken!
    oh \for a strong black coffee! und jetzt einen starken schwarzen Kaffee!
    he did it \for the fame er tat es, um berühmt zu werden
    even though he's in this \for the money, we still need him auch wenn er es nur wegen des Geldes tut, wir brauchen ihn
    she's eager \for a chance to show that she's a capable worker sie möchte gerne beweisen, dass sie eine fähige Mitarbeiterin ist
    demand \for money Bedarf m an Geld
    to send \for the doctor den Arzt holen
    to apply \for a job sich akk um eine Stelle bewerben
    to have a need \for sth etw brauchen
    to look \for a way to do sth nach einer Möglichkeit suchen, etw zu tun
    to ask \for sth um etw akk bitten
    7. (on behalf of, representing) für + akk
    he's an agent \for models and actors er ist Agent für Models und Schauspieler
    next time you see them, say hi \for me grüß sie von mir, wenn du sie wieder siehst
    the messenger was there \for his boss der Bote war in Vertretung seines Chefs dort
    to do sth \for sb etw für jdn tun
    to do sth \for oneself etw selbst tun
    8. (as ordered by) für + akk
    ▪ to do sth \for sb/sth etw für jdn/etw tun
    they had to do extra work \for their boss sie mussten noch zusätzliche Arbeiten für ihren Chef erledigen
    I have some things to do \for school ich muss noch etwas für die Schule machen
    9. (employed by) bei + dat
    she is a tutor \for the Open University sie ist Tutorin an der Fernuniversität
    to work \for sb/sth bei jdm/etw [o für jdn/etw] arbeiten
    10. (purpose, aim) für + akk
    what's that \for? wofür ist das?
    that's useful \for removing rust damit kann man gut Rost entfernen
    that's not \for eating das ist nicht zum Essen
    a course \for beginners in Russian ein Russischkurs für Anfänger
    \for your information zu Ihrer Information
    \for the record der Ordnung halber
    the spokesman told the press \for the record that the president was in good health der Sprecher sagte der Presse für das Protokoll, der Präsident sei bei guter Gesundheit
    for rent/sale zu vermieten/verkaufen
    bikes \for rent Räder zu vermieten
    to be not \for sale unverkäuflich sein
    to wait \for sb/sth auf jdn/etw warten
    to wait \for sb to do sth darauf warten, dass jd etw tut
    ▪ to do sth \for sth/sb etw für etw/jdn tun
    what did you do that \for? wozu hast du das getan?
    what do you use these enormous scissors \for? wozu brauchst du diese riesige Schere?
    he is taking medication \for his heart condition er nimmt Medikamente für sein Herz
    you need to move closer \for me to hear you du musst ein bisschen näher herkommen, damit ich dich hören kann
    11. (because of) wegen + gen; (out of) aus + dat; (with) vor + dat
    I don't eat meat \for various reasons ich esse aus verschiedenen Gründen kein Fleisch
    I could dance and sing \for joy! ich könnte vor Freude tanzen und singen!
    he apologized \for being late er entschuldigte sich wegen seiner Verspätung
    Bob was looking all the better \for his three weeks in Spain nach seinen drei Wochen Spanien sah Bob viel besser aus
    how are you? — fine, and all the better \for seeing you! wie geht's? — gut, und jetzt wo ich dich sehe, gleich noch viel besser!
    I could not see \for the tears in my eyes ich konnte vor Tränen in den Augen gar nicht sehen
    if it hadn't been \for him, we wouldn't be here right now ( form) ohne ihn wären wir jetzt nicht hier
    \for fear of sth aus Angst vor etw dat
    \for lack of sth aus Mangel an etw dat
    to be arrested \for murder wegen Mordes verhaftet werden
    \for that [or this] reason aus diesem Grund
    to be famous \for sth für etw akk berühmt sein
    to love sb \for sth jdn für etw akk lieben
    she loves him just \for being himself sie liebt ihn einfach dafür, dass er so ist, wie er ist
    12. (as destination) nach + dat
    this train is \for Birmingham dieser Zug fährt nach Birmingham
    he made \for home in a hurry er eilte schnell nach Hause
    just follow signs \for the town centre folgen Sie einfach den Schildern in die Innenstadt
    to go \for sb [with one's fists] [mit den Fäusten] auf jdn losgehen
    to run \for sb/sth zu jdm/etw laufen
    I had to run \for the bus ich musste laufen, um den Bus noch zu kriegen
    13. (meaning)
    to be \for sth für etw akk stehen
    A is \for ‘airlines’ A steht für ‚Airlines‘
    to stand \for sth etw bedeuten, für etw akk stehen
    what does the M.J. stand \for? María José? was bedeutet M.J.? María José?
    what's the Spanish word \for ‘vegetarian’? was heißt ‚Vegetarier‘ auf Spanisch?
    14. (in return, exchange) für + akk
    she paid a high price \for loyalty to her boss sie hat einen hohen Preis für die Loyalität zu ihrem Chef gezahlt
    that's \for cheating on me! das ist dafür, dass du mich betrogen hast!
    how much did you pay \for your glasses? wie viel hast du für deine Brille gezahlt?
    a cheque \for £100 eine Scheck über 100 Pfund
    not \for a million dollars [or \for all the world] um nichts in der Welt
    I wouldn't go out with him \for a million dollars ich würde für kein Geld der Welt mit ihm ausgehen
    to do sth \for nothing etw umsonst machen
    to buy/sell sth \for 100 euro/a lot of money etw für 100 Euro/viel Geld kaufen/verkaufen
    you can buy a bestseller \for about £6 Sie bekommen einen Bestseller schon für 6 Pfund
    to trade sth \for sth etw gegen etw akk [ein]tauschen
    15. (with a period of time) für + akk; (ongoing) seit + dat
    I'm just going to sleep \for half an hour ich lege mich mal eine halbe Stunde schlafen
    he was jailed \for twelve years er musste für zwölf Jahre ins Gefängnis
    my father has been smoking \for 10 years mein Vater raucht seit 10 Jahren
    \for the next two days in den beiden nächsten Tagen
    \for a bit/while ein bisschen/eine Weile
    play here \for a while! spiel doch mal ein bisschen hier!
    I'm just going out \for a while ich gehe mal kurz raus fam
    \for eternity/ever bis in alle Ewigkeit
    this pact is \for ever dieser Pakt gilt für immer und ewig
    \for the moment im Augenblick
    \for a time eine Zeit lang
    \for a long time seit Langem
    I hadn't seen him \for such a long time that I didn't recognize him ich hatte ihn schon so lange nicht mehr gesehen, dass ich ihn nicht erkannte
    \for some time seit Längerem
    \for the time being für den Augenblick, vorübergehend
    16. (a distance of)
    \for a kilometre/mile einen Kilometer/eine Meile
    he always jogs \for 5 kilometres before breakfast er joggt immer 5 Kilometer vor dem Frühstück
    17. (at a certain date, time, occasion) für + akk
    he booked a table at the restaurant \for nine o'clock er reservierte in dem Restaurant einen Tisch für neun Uhr
    they set their wedding date \for September 15 sie setzten ihre Hochzeit für den 15. September fest
    I need some money \for tonight ich brauche etwas Geld für heute Abend
    what did you buy him \for Christmas? was hast du ihm zu Weihnachten gekauft?
    he arrived at 8.00 \for dinner at 8.30 er kam um acht zu dem für halb neun verabredeten Abendessen
    to invite sb \for dinner/lunch jdn zum Abendessen/Mittagessen einladen
    \for the first time zum ersten Mal
    \for the [very] last time zum [aller]letzten Mal
    \for the first/second time running im ersten/zweiten Durchlauf
    18. (despite) trotz + gen
    , ungeachtet +gen geh
    \for all that trotz alledem
    \for all his effort, the experiment was a failure das Experiment war trotz all seiner Anstrengungen ein Fehlschlag
    19. (per) für + akk
    there is one teacher \for every 25 students in our school in unserer Schule kommt auf 25 Schüler ein Lehrer
    \for every cigarette you smoke, you take off one day of your life mit jeder Zigarette, die du rauchst, verkürzt sich dein Leben um einen Tag
    to repeat sth word \for word etw Wort für Wort wiederholen
    20. (the duty of)
    ▪ to [not] be \for sb to do sth [nicht] jds Sache sein, etw zu tun
    it's not \for me to tell her what to do es ist nicht meine Aufgabe, ihr vorzuschreiben, was sie zu tun hat
    the decision is not \for him to make die Entscheidung liegt nicht bei ihm
    21. (as) für + akk
    she thought it \for a lie but didn't say anything sie hielt es für gelogen, sagte aber nichts
    I \for one am sick of this bickering ich für meinen Teil habe genug von diesem Gezänk
    22.
    ▶ \for Africa SA ( fam) Unmengen + gen
    I've got homework \for Africa ich habe noch jede Menge Hausaufgaben fam
    ▶ to be [in] \for it ( fam) Schwierigkeiten bekommen
    you're in \for it! jetzt bist du dran! fam
    ▶ \for crying out loud um Himmels willen
    ▶ an eye \for an eye Auge um Auge
    ▶ that's Jane/Mark/etc. \for you so ist Jane/Mark/etc. eben!, das sieht Jane/Mark/etc. mal wieder ähnlich!, das ist wieder mal typisch für Jane/Mark/etc.!
    that's children \for you! so sind Kinder eben!
    ▶ that's/there's sth \for you ( pej)
    there's gratitude \for you! und so was nennt sich Dankbarkeit! fam
    there's manners \for you! das sind [mir] ja schöne Manieren! iron fam
    * * *
    I [fɔː(r)]
    1. prep
    1) (intention) für; (purpose) zu, für; (destination) nach

    clothes for children — Kleidung f für Kinder, Kinderkleidung f

    what for? — wofür?, wozu?

    what did you do that for? —

    a room for working in/sewing — ein Zimmer zum Arbeiten/Nähen

    a bag for carrying books (in) — eine Tasche, um Bücher zu tragen

    fit for nothing —

    ready for anything —

    this will do for a hammer — das kann man als Hammer nehmen

    to leave for the USA — in die USA or nach Amerika abreisen

    he swam for the shore — er schwamm auf die Küste zu, er schwamm in Richtung Küste

    2)

    (indicating suitability) it's not for you to ask questions — Sie haben kein Recht, Fragen zu stellen

    it's not for me to say — es steht mir nicht zu, mich dazu zu äußern

    3)

    (= representing, instead of) I'll speak to her for you if you like —

    I need someone to make up my mind for me — ich brauche jemanden, der die Entscheidung für mich trifft

    she works for a bank (in the bank) — sie arbeitet bei or in einer Bank; (outside the bank) sie arbeitet für eine Bank

    4) (= in defence, in favour of) für

    I'm all for it — ich bin ganz or sehr dafür

    I'm all for helping him —

    5)

    (= with regard to) anxious for sb — um jdn besorgt

    as for him/that — was ihn/das betrifft

    warm/cold for the time of year — warm/kalt für die Jahreszeit

    6) (= because of) aus

    he did it for fear of being left — er tat es aus Angst, zurückgelassen zu werden

    he is famous for his jokes/his big nose — er ist für seine Witze bekannt/wegen seiner großen Nase berühmt

    do it for me — tu es für mich

    7) (= in spite of) trotz (+gen or (inf) +dat)

    for all that, you should have warned me — Sie hätten mich trotz allem warnen sollen

    8) (= in exchange) für

    to pay four euros for a ticket — vier Euro für eine Fahrkarte zahlen

    he'll do it for ten pounds —

    9)

    (= in contrast) for every job that is created, two are lost — für jede Stelle, die neu geschaffen wird, gehen zwei verloren

    10) (in time) seit; (with future tense) für

    I had/have known her for years — ich kannte/kenne sie schon seit Jahren

    he won't be back for a week — er wird erst in einer Woche zurück sein

    can you get it done for Monday/this time next week? — können Sie es bis or für Montag/bis in einer Woche fertig haben?

    for a while/time — (für) eine Weile/einige Zeit

    11)

    (distance) the road is lined with trees for two miles — die Straße ist auf or über zwei Meilen mit Bäumen gesäumt

    12)

    (with verbs) to pray for peace — für den or um Frieden beten

    See:
    → vbs
    13) (after n: indicating liking, aptitude etc) für

    his knack for saying the wrong thing — sein Talent, das Falsche zu sagen

    14)

    (with infin clauses) for this to be possible — damit dies möglich wird

    it's easy for him to do it — für ihn ist es leicht, das zu tun, er kann das leicht tun

    I brought it for you to see — ich habe es mitgebracht, damit Sie es sich (dat) ansehen können

    the best thing would be for you to leave — das Beste wäre, wenn Sie weggingen

    their one hope is for him to return — ihre einzige Hoffnung ist, dass er zurückkommt

    15)

    (phrases) to do sth for oneself — etw alleine tun

    2. conj
    denn
    3. adj pred
    (= in favour) dafür

    17 were for, 13 against — 17 waren dafür, 13 dagegen

    II abbr frei Bahn
    * * *
    for [fɔː(r); unbetont fə(r)]
    A präp
    1. allg für:
    it was very awkward for her es war sehr peinlich für sie, es war ihr sehr unangenehm;
    he spoilt their holidays (bes US vacation) for them er verdarb ihnen den ganzen Urlaub;
    she brought a letter for me to sign sie brachte mir einen Brief zur Unterschrift
    2. für, zugunsten von:
    a gift for him ein Geschenk für ihn;
    this letter is for me dieser Brief ist an mich;
    for and against für und wider; → academic.ru/69264/speak_for">speak for 1
    3. für, (mit der Absicht) zu, um (… willen):
    apply for the post sich um die Stellung bewerben;
    die for a cause für eine Sache sterben;
    come for dinner zum Essen kommen
    4. (Wunsch, Ziel) nach, auf (akk):
    a claim for sth ein Anspruch auf eine Sache;
    the desire for sth der Wunsch oder das Verlangen nach etwas;
    call for sb nach jemandem rufen;
    wait for sth auf etwas warten;
    oh, for a car! ach, hätte ich doch nur ein Auto!
    b) (bestimmt) für oder zu:
    tools for cutting Werkzeuge zum Schneiden, Schneidewerkzeuge;
    the right man for the job der richtige Mann für diesen Posten
    6. (Mittel) gegen:
    treat sb for cancer jemanden gegen oder auf Krebs behandeln;
    there is nothing for it but to give in es bleibt nichts (anderes) übrig, als nachzugeben
    8. (als Entgelt) für, gegen, um:
    I sold it for £10 ich verkaufte es für 10 Pfund
    9. (im Tausch) für, gegen:
    10. (Betrag, Menge) über (akk):
    a postal order for £2
    11. (Grund) aus, vor (dat), wegen:
    for this reason aus diesem Grund;
    die for grief aus oder vor Gram sterben;
    weep for joy aus oder vor Freude weinen;
    I can’t see for the fog ich kann nichts sehen wegen des Nebels oder vor lauter Nebel;
    she couldn’t speak for laughing sie konnte vor (lauter) Lachen nicht sprechen
    12. (als Strafe etc) für, wegen:
    13. dank, wegen:
    were it not for his energy wenn er nicht so energisch wäre, dank seiner Energie;
    if it wasn’t for him wenn er nicht wäre, ohne ihn; he would never have done it, if it hadn’t been for me talking him into it wenn ich ihn nicht dazu überredet hätte
    14. für, in Anbetracht (gen), im Hinblick auf (akk), im Verhältnis zu:
    he is tall for his age er ist groß für sein Alter;
    it is rather cold for July es ist ziemlich kalt für Juli;
    for a foreigner he speaks English fairly well für einen Ausländer spricht er recht gut Englisch
    15. (Begabung, Neigung) für, (Hang) zu:
    an eye for beauty Sinn für das Schöne
    16. (zeitlich) für, während, auf (akk), für die Dauer von, seit:
    for a week eine Woche (lang);
    come for a week komme auf oder für eine Woche;
    for hours stundenlang;
    for a ( oder some) time past seit längerer Zeit;
    for a long time past schon seit Langem;
    not for a long time noch lange nicht;
    the first picture for two months der erste Film in oder seit zwei Monaten;
    for months ahead auf Monate (hinaus)
    17. (Strecke) weit, lang:
    run for a mile eine Meile (weit) laufen
    18. nach, auf (akk), in Richtung auf (akk):
    the train for London der Zug nach London;
    the passengers for Rome die nach Rom reisenden Passagiere;
    start for Paris nach Paris abreisen;
    now for it! Br umg jetzt (nichts wie) los oder drauf!, jetzt gilt’s!
    19. für, anstelle von (oder gen), (an)statt:
    20. für, in Vertretung oder im Auftrag oder im Namen von (oder gen):
    act for sb in jemandes Auftrag handeln
    21. für, als:
    books for presents Bücher als Geschenk;
    they were sold for slaves sie wurden als Sklaven verkauft;
    take that for an answer nimm das als Antwort
    22. trotz (gen oder dat), ungeachtet (gen):
    for all that trotz alledem;
    for all his wealth trotz seines ganzen Reichtums, bei allem Reichtum;
    for all you may say sage, was du willst
    23. as for was … betrifft:
    as for me was mich betrifft oder an(be)langt;
    as for that matter was das betrifft;
    for all I know soviel ich weiß;
    for all of me meinetwegen, von mir aus
    24. nach adj und vor inf:
    it is too heavy for me to lift es ist so schwer, dass ich es nicht heben kann;
    it is impossible for me to come es ist mir unmöglich zu kommen, ich kann unmöglich kommen;
    it seemed useless for me to continue es erschien mir sinnlos, noch weiterzumachen
    25. mit s oder pron und inf:
    it is time for you to go home es ist Zeit, dass du heimgehst; es ist Zeit für dich heimzugehen;
    it is for you to decide die Entscheidung liegt bei Ihnen;
    a) es ist nicht deine Sache zu inf,
    b) es steht dir nicht zu inf;
    he called for the girl to bring him some tea er rief nach dem Mädchen und bat es, ihm Tee zu bringen;
    don’t wait for him to turn up yet wartet nicht darauf, dass er noch auftaucht;
    there is no need for anyone to know es braucht niemand zu wissen
    that’s a wine for you das ist vielleicht ein Weinchen, das nenne ich einen Wein
    27. US nach:
    B konj denn, weil, nämlich
    * * *
    1. preposition
    1) (representing, on behalf of, in exchange against) für; (in place of) für; anstelle von

    what is the German for "buzz"? — wie heißt "buzz" auf Deutsch?

    2) (in defence, support, or favour of) für

    be for doing something — dafür sein, etwas zu tun

    it's each [man] or every man for himself — jeder ist auf sich selbst gestellt

    4) (with a view to) für; (conducive[ly] to) zu

    they invited me for Christmas/Monday/supper — sie haben mich zu Weihnachten/für Montag/zum Abendessen eingeladen

    what is it for? — wofür/wozu ist das?

    6) (to obtain, win, save)

    take somebody for a ride in the car/a walk — jemanden im Auto spazieren fahren/mit jemandem einen Spaziergang machen

    run/jump etc. for it — loslaufen/-springen usw.

    7) (to reach) nach

    set out for England/the north/an island — nach England/Norden/zu einer Insel aufbrechen

    be dressed/ready for dinner — zum Dinner angezogen/fertig sein

    have something for breakfast/pudding — etwas zum Frühstück/Nachtisch haben

    enough... for — genug... für

    too... for — zu... für

    there is nothing for it but to do something — es gibt keine andere Möglichkeit, als etwas zu tun

    cheque/ bill for £5 — Scheck/Rechnung über od. in Höhe von 5 Pfund

    11) (to affect, as if affecting) für

    things don't look very promising for the business — was die Geschäfte angeht, sieht das alles nicht sehr vielversprechend aus

    it is wise/advisable for somebody to do something — es ist vernünftig/ratsam, dass jemand etwas tut

    it's hopeless for me to try and explain the system — es ist sinnlos, dir das System erklären zu wollen

    12) (as being) für

    I/you etc. for one — ich/ du usw. für mein[en]/dein[en] usw. Teil

    13) (on account of, as penalty of) wegen

    famous/well-known for something — berühmt/ bekannt wegen od. für etwas

    jump/ shout for joy — vor Freude in die Luft springen/schreien

    were it not for you/ your help, I should not be able to do it — ohne dich/deine Hilfe wäre ich nicht dazu in der Lage

    for all... — trotz...

    for all that,... — trotzdem...

    for fear of... — aus Angst vor (+ Dat.)

    but for..., except for... — wenn nicht... gewesen wäre, [dann]...

    for all I know/care... — möglicherweise/was mich betrifft,...

    for one thing,... — zunächst einmal...

    19) (during) seit

    we've/we haven't been here for three years — wir sind seit drei Jahren hier/nicht mehr hier gewesen

    we waited for hours/three hours — wir warteten stundenlang/drei Stunden lang

    sit here for now or for the moment — bleiben Sie im Augenblick hier sitzen

    walk for 20 miles/for another 20 miles — 20 Meilen [weit] gehen/weiter gehen

    21)

    be for it — (coll.) dran sein (ugs.); sich auf was gefasst machen können (ugs.)

    2. conjunction
    (since, as proof) denn
    * * *
    conj.
    als konj.
    denn konj.
    für konj.
    nach konj.
    zu konj.

    English-german dictionary > for

  • 56 query

    1. noun
    1) (question) Frage, die

    put/raise a query — eine Frage stellen/aufwerfen

    2) (question mark) Fragezeichen, das
    2. transitive verb
    1) (call in question) infrage stellen [Anweisung, Glaubwürdigkeit, Ergebnis usw.]; beanstanden [Rechnung, Kontoauszug]
    2) (ask, inquire)

    query whether/if... — fragen, ob...

    * * *
    ['kwiəri] 1. plural - queries; noun
    1) (a question: In answer to your query about hotel reservations I am sorry to tell you that we have no vacancies.) die Frage
    2) (a question mark: You have omitted the query.) das Fragezeichen
    2. verb
    1) (to question (a statement etc): I think the waiter has added up the bill wrongly - you should query it.) beanstanden
    2) (to ask: `What time does the train leave?' she queried.) fragen
    * * *
    que·ry
    [ˈkwɪəri, AM ˈkwɪri]
    I. n
    1. ( also fig: question) [zweifelnde] Frage, Rückfrage f, Zweifel m fig
    to have a \query about [or concerning] sth eine [Rück]frage zu etw dat haben
    to have a \query for sb eine [Rück]frage an jdn haben
    to put a \query eine [Rück]frage stellen, nachfragen
    to raise a \query eine Frage aufwerfen, Zweifel anmelden
    to settle a \query eine [Rück]frage beantworten
    \query, when was the contract signed? Frage, wann wurde der Vertrag unterzeichnet?
    \query, if this would be acceptable die Frage ist, ob dies annehmbar wäre
    2. TYPO (question mark) on printer's proof [anzweifelndes] Fragezeichen fachspr
    3. COMPUT Abfrage f
    II. vt
    <- ie->
    ( form)
    ▪ to \query sth etw infrage stellen [o in Zweifel ziehen] [o bezweifeln]
    ▪ to \query whether... bezweifeln, dass...
    “but is that really the case?” he queried „aber ist das wirklich so?“ fragte er
    2. AM (put questions to)
    ▪ to \query sb jdn befragen
    3. TYPO (mark)
    ▪ to \query sth on printer's proof etw mit einem [anzweifelnden] Fragezeichen versehen
    * * *
    ['kwIərɪ]
    1. n
    1) (= question) Frage f

    there was a note of query in his voice — seine Stimme hatte einen fragenden Unterton

    that raises a query as to whether... —

    that raises a query about... — das wirft die Frage (+gen)... auf

    2) (TYP) Fragezeichen nt
    3) (COMPUT) Abfrage f
    2. vt
    1) (= express doubt about) bezweifeln; statement, motives infrage or in Frage stellen; bill, item, invoice reklamieren

    I'm not querying your right to do that but... —

    £500! I'd query that if I were you I query whether... — £ 500! da würde ich an Ihrer Stelle reklamieren ich bezweifle, ob...

    2)

    (= check) to query sth with sb — etw mit jdm abklären

    3) (with a question mark) mit einem Fragezeichen versehen
    4) (COMPUT) database abfragen
    * * *
    query [ˈkwıərı; US auch ˈkweə-]
    A s
    1. Frage f
    2. (an)zweifelnde oder unangenehme Frage:
    without query anstandslos
    3. Zweifel m
    4. TYPO (besonders anzweifelndes) Fragezeichen
    5. IT Abfrage f:
    query language Abfragesprache f
    B v/t
    1. fragen
    2. a) etwas in Zweifel ziehen, infrage stellen
    b) etwas beanstanden
    3. mit (einem) Fragezeichen versehen
    4. jemanden (be-, aus-)fragen
    5. einen Computer abfragen
    q. abk
    qu. abk
    2. quarter (quarterly)
    qy abk query
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) (question) Frage, die

    put/raise a query — eine Frage stellen/aufwerfen

    2) (question mark) Fragezeichen, das
    2. transitive verb
    1) (call in question) infrage stellen [Anweisung, Glaubwürdigkeit, Ergebnis usw.]; beanstanden [Rechnung, Kontoauszug]
    2) (ask, inquire)

    query whether/if... — fragen, ob...

    * * *
    n.
    Anfrage -n f.
    Frage -n f.
    Rückfrage f.
    anzweifelndes Fragezeichen (Buchdruck) n. v.
    abfragen v.
    beanstanden v.
    befragen v.
    fragen v.
    in Frage stellen ausdr.
    in Zweifel ziehen ausdr.
    mit einem Fragezeichen versehen ausdr.

    English-german dictionary > query

  • 57 settle

    settle ['setəl]
    régler ⇒ 1 (a), 1 (c) fixer ⇒ 1 (b) installer ⇒ 1 (d) coloniser ⇒ 1 (e) calmer ⇒ 1 (f) s'installer ⇒ 2 (a), 2 (b) s'établir ⇒ 2 (a) se calmer ⇒ 2 (c) tenir ⇒ 2 (d) se poser ⇒ 2 (d) se tasser ⇒ 2 (e)
    (a) (solve → question, issue) régler; (→ dispute, quarrel, differences) régler, trancher;
    ∎ to settle a matter régler une question;
    ∎ the case was settled out of court l'affaire a été réglée à l'amiable;
    ∎ questions not yet settled questions fpl en suspens;
    ∎ to settle one's affairs mettre ses affaires en ordre, régler ses affaires;
    ∎ to settle an old score or old scores régler des comptes
    (b) (determine, agree on → date, price) fixer;
    ∎ have you settled where to go for the picnic? avez-vous décidé d'un endroit pour le pique-nique?;
    ∎ it was settled that I would go to boarding school il fut convenu ou décidé que j'irais en pension;
    ∎ you must settle that among yourselves il va falloir que vous arrangiez cela entre vous;
    ∎ nothing is settled yet rien n'est encore décidé ou arrêté;
    ∎ that's one point settled voilà déjà un point d'acquis;
    ∎ that's that settled then! voilà une affaire réglée!;
    ∎ that's settled then, I'll meet you at 8 o'clock alors c'est entendu ou convenu, on se retrouve à 8 heures;
    ∎ that settles it, the party's tomorrow! c'est décidé, la fête aura lieu demain!;
    ∎ that settles it, he's fired trop c'est trop, il est renvoyé!
    (c) (pay → debt, account, bill) régler;
    ∎ to settle a claim (insurance) régler un litige
    (d) (install) installer; (arrange, place → on table, surface) installer, poser (soigneusement);
    ∎ when I'm settled, I'll write to you quand je serai installé, je vous écrirai;
    ∎ to settle oneself comfortably in an armchair s'installer confortablement dans un fauteuil;
    ∎ he settled the children for the night il a mis les enfants au lit, il est allé coucher les enfants;
    ∎ to get settled s'installer (confortablement);
    ∎ to settle one's feet in the stirrups bien installer ses pieds dans les étriers;
    ∎ she settled the rug over her knees elle enroula la couverture autour de ses genoux
    (e) (colonize) coloniser;
    ∎ Peru was settled by the Spanish le Pérou a été colonisé par les Espagnols, les Espagnols se sont établis au Pérou
    (f) (calm → nerves, stomach) calmer, apaiser;
    ∎ this brandy will settle your nerves ce cognac te calmera les nerfs;
    ∎ give me something to settle my stomach donnez-moi quelque chose pour l'estomac;
    ∎ to settle sb's doubts dissiper les doutes de qn;
    ∎ the rain settled the dust la pluie a fait retomber la poussière
    (g) Law (money, allowance, estate) constituer;
    ∎ to settle an annuity on sb constituer une rente à qn;
    ∎ she settled all her money on her nephew elle a légué toute sa fortune à son neveu;
    ∎ figurative how are you settled for money at the moment? est-ce que tu as suffisamment d'argent en ce moment?
    (a) (go to live → gen) s'installer, s'établir; (→ colonist) s'établir;
    ∎ she finally settled abroad elle s'est finalement installée à l'étranger
    (b) (install oneself → in new flat, bed) s'installer; (adapt → to circumstances) s'habituer;
    ∎ she lived here a few years, but didn't settle (didn't stay) elle a vécu ici quelques années, mais ne s'est pas installée définitivement; (didn't adapt) elle a vécu ici quelques années, mais ne s'est jamais habituée;
    ∎ to settle in an armchair/for the night s'installer dans un fauteuil/pour la nuit;
    ∎ I couldn't settle (in bed) je n'arrivais pas à m'endormir;
    ∎ to settle to work/to do sth se mettre sérieusement au travail/à faire qch;
    ∎ he can't settle to anything il n'arrive pas à se concentrer sur quoi que ce soit
    (c) (become calm → nerves, stomach, storm) s'apaiser, se calmer; (→ situation) s'arranger;
    ∎ wait for things to settle before you do anything attends que les choses se calment ou s'arrangent avant de faire quoi que ce soit;
    ∎ the weather is settling le temps se calme
    (d) (come to rest → snow) tenir; (→ dust, sediment) se déposer; (→ liquid, beer) reposer; (→ bird, insect, eyes) se poser;
    ∎ the snow began to settle (on the ground) la neige commençait à tenir;
    ∎ a fly settled on the butter une mouche s'est posée sur le beurre;
    ∎ let your dinner settle before you go out prends le temps de digérer avant de sortir;
    ∎ let the dregs settle laissez se déposer la lie;
    ∎ allow the mixture to settle laissez reposer le mélange;
    ∎ her gaze settled on the book son regard se posa sur le livre;
    ∎ a look of despair/utter contentment settled on his face son visage prit une expression de désespoir/profonde satisfaction;
    ∎ an eerie calm settled over the village un calme inquiétant retomba sur le village;
    ∎ the cold settled on his chest le rhume lui est tombé sur la poitrine
    (e) (road, wall, foundations) se tasser;
    ∎ cracks appeared in the walls as the house settled des fissures apparaissaient dans les murs au fur et à mesure que la maison s'affaissait;
    ∎ Commerce contents may settle during transport (on packaging) le contenu risque de se tasser pendant le transport
    ∎ to settle with sb for sth régler le prix de qch à qn;
    ∎ can I settle with you tomorrow? est-ce que je peux vous régler demain?
    ∎ to settle out of court régler une affaire à l'amiable
    3 noun
    (seat) banquette f à haut dossier
    (a) (in armchair, at desk) s'installer; (in new home) s'installer, se fixer; (at school, in job) s'habituer, s'adapter; (adopt steady lifestyle) se ranger, s'assagir;
    ∎ they settled down by the fire for the evening ils se sont installés près du feu pour la soirée;
    ∎ to settle down to watch television s'installer (confortablement) devant la télévision;
    ∎ it took the children some weeks to settle down in their new school il a fallu plusieurs semaines aux enfants pour s'habituer à leur nouvelle école;
    ∎ Susan is finding it hard to settle down to life in Paris Susan a du mal à s'habituer ou à s'adapter à la vie parisienne;
    ∎ they never settle down anywhere for long ils ne se fixent jamais nulle part bien longtemps;
    ∎ it's about time Tom got married and settled down il est temps que Tom se marie et qu'il se range;
    ∎ he's not someone you could imagine settling down with ce n'est pas le genre de personne avec qui on peut imaginer se marier
    (b) (concentrate, apply oneself)
    ∎ to settle down to do sth se mettre à faire qch;
    ∎ to settle down to work se mettre au travail;
    ∎ I can't seem to settle down to anything these days je n'arrive pas à me concentrer sur quoi que ce soit ces jours-ci
    (c) (become calm → excitement) s'apaiser; (→ situation) s'arranger;
    ∎ things are settling down (calming down) les choses sont en train de se calmer; (becoming more definite) les choses commencent à prendre tournure;
    ∎ as soon as the market settles down aussitôt que le marché se sera stabilisé;
    ∎ settle down, children! calmez-vous, les enfants!, du calme, les enfants!
    (person) installer;
    ∎ to settle oneself down in an armchair s'installer (confortablement) dans un fauteuil;
    ∎ she settled the patient/the baby down for the night elle a installé le malade/le bébé pour la nuit
    accepter, se contenter de;
    ∎ I settled for £100 j'ai accepté 100 livres;
    ∎ I won't settle for less than £200 200 livres, c'est mon dernier prix, je ne descendrai pas au-dessous de 200 livres;
    ∎ I insist on the best quality, I never settle for (anything) less j'exige ce qu'il y a de mieux, je n'accepte jamais rien en dessous;
    ∎ there was no wine left so they had to settle for beer comme il ne restait plus de vin, ils durent se contenter de bière
    (at new house) s'installer; (at new school, job) s'habituer, s'adapter;
    ∎ once we're settled in, we'll invite you round une fois que nous serons installés, nous t'inviterons;
    ∎ it took him a while to settle in at his new school il a mis un certain temps à s'habituer à sa nouvelle école
    (job, routine) s'habituer à, s'adapter à;
    ∎ she soon settled into her new post elle s'est vite adaptée à son nouveau poste;
    ∎ life soon settled into the usual dull routine la vie reprit bientôt son rythme monotone
    installer dans;
    ∎ she's busy settling her daughter into her new flat elle est occupée à installer sa fille dans son nouvel appartement
    (decide on) décider de;
    ∎ they've settled on Rome for their honeymoon ils ont décidé d'aller passer leur lune de miel à Rome;
    ∎ they've settled on a Volkswagen ils se sont décidés pour une Volkswagen;
    ∎ they couldn't settle on a price ils n'ont pas réussi à se mettre d'accord sur un prix;
    ∎ they settled on a compromise solution ils ont finalement choisi le compromis
    régler (la note);
    ∎ I must settle up with the plumber il faut que je règle le plombier;
    ∎ can we settle up? est-ce qu'on peut faire les comptes?
    régler

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > settle

  • 58 which

    which [wɪtʃ]
    quel ⇒ 1 (a) lequel ⇒ 2 (a) celui qui ⇒ 2 (b) celui que ⇒ 2 (b) qui ⇒ 3 (a) que ⇒ 3 (a) ce qui ⇒ 3 (b) ce que ⇒ 3 (b)
    (a) (in questions → singular) quel (quelle); (→ plural) quels (quelles);
    ∎ which book did you buy? quel livre as-tu acheté?;
    ∎ which candidate are you voting for? pour quel candidat allez-vous voter?;
    ∎ which one? lequel?/laquelle?;
    ∎ which ones? lesquels?/lesquelles?;
    ∎ which one of you spoke? lequel de vous a parlé?;
    ∎ which one of the twins got married? lequel des jumeaux s'est marié?;
    ∎ I saw several films - which ones? j'ai vu plusieurs films - lesquels?;
    ∎ I wonder which route would be best je me demande quel serait le meilleur chemin;
    ∎ which way should we go? par où devrions-nous aller?;
    ∎ keep track of which employees come in late notez le nom des employés qui arrivent en retard
    ∎ he may miss his plane, in which case he'll have to wait il est possible qu'il rate son avion, auquel cas il devra attendre;
    ∎ she arrives at 5 p.m. at which time I'll still be at the office elle arrive à 17 heures, heure à laquelle je serai encore au bureau;
    ∎ they lived in Madrid for one year, during which time their daughter was born ils ont habité Madrid pendant un an, et c'est à cette époque que leur fille est née
    (a) (in questions → singular) lequel (laquelle) m,f; (→ plural) lesquels (lesquelles) mpl, fpl;
    ∎ which of the houses do you live in? dans quelle maison habitez-vous?;
    ∎ which of these books is yours? lequel de ces livres est le tien?;
    ∎ which is the freshest? quel est le plus frais?;
    ∎ which is the more interesting of the two films? lequel de ces deux films est-il le plus intéressant?;
    ∎ which of you saw the accident? qui de vous a vu l'accident?;
    ∎ which of you three is the oldest? lequel de vous trois est le plus âgé?, qui est le plus âgé de vous trois?;
    ∎ she's from Chicago or Boston, I don't remember which elle vient de Chicago ou de Boston, je ne sais plus laquelle des deux;
    ∎ we can play bridge or poker, I don't care which on peut jouer au bridge ou au poker, peu m'importe;
    ∎ I can't tell which is which je n'arrive pas à les distinguer (l'un de l'autre);
    ∎ which is which? lequel est-ce?
    (b) (the one or ones that → as subject) (singular) celui qui (celle qui) m,f; (plural) ceux qui (celles qui) mpl, fpl; (→ as object) (singular) celui que (celle que) m,f; (plural) ceux que (celles que) mpl, fpl;
    ∎ show me which you prefer montrez-moi celui que vous préférez;
    ∎ tell her which is yours dites-lui lequel est le vôtre
    (a) (adding further information → as subject) qui; (→ as object) que;
    ∎ the house, which is very old, needs urgent repairs la maison, qui est très vieille, a besoin d'être réparée sans plus attendre;
    ∎ the vases, each of which held white roses, were made of crystal les vases, qui contenaient chacun des roses blanches, étaient en cristal;
    ∎ the hand with which I write la main avec laquelle j'écris;
    ∎ the office in which she works le bureau dans lequel ou où elle travaille;
    ∎ the hotels at which they stayed les hôtels où ils sont allés ou descendus;
    ∎ the house of which I am speaking la maison dont je parle;
    ∎ the countries to which we are going or which we're going to les pays où nous allons
    (b) (commenting on previous statement → as subject) ce qui; (→ as object) ce que;
    ∎ it took her an hour, which isn't bad really elle a mis une heure, ce qui n'est pas mal en fait;
    ∎ he looked like a military man, which in fact he was il avait l'air d'un militaire, et en fait c'en était un;
    ∎ he says it was an accident, which I don't believe for an instant il dit que c'était un accident, ce que je ne crois absolument pas ou mais je ne le crois pas un seul instant;
    ∎ he's getting married, which surprises me il va se marier, ce qui m'étonne;
    ∎ I don't like it when rents go up, which they often do je n'aime pas que les loyers augmentent, ce qui arrive souvent;
    ∎ then they arrived, after which things got better puis ils sont arrivés, après quoi tout est allé mieux;
    ∎ she lied about the letter, from which I guessed she was up to something elle a menti au sujet de la lettre, d'où j'ai deviné qu'elle combinait quelque chose;
    ∎ he insists that actors should have talent, in which he is right il exige que les acteurs aient du talent, (ce) en quoi il a raison;
    ∎ he started shouting, upon which I left the room il s'est mis à crier, sur quoi ou et sur ce j'ai quitté la pièce
    4 Which? noun
    Press = magazine de l'Union des consommateurs britanniques connu pour ses essais comparatifs

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > which

  • 59 ἄν

    1
    I. ἄν (after relatives ἐάν [q.v.] is oft. used for ἄν, but the mss. vary greatly, s. B-D-F §107; 377; Mlt. 42ff, 165ff; Mayser 152f; Crönert 130f; Thackeray 67; Dssm., NB 30ff [BS 202ff]). A particle peculiar to Gk. (Hom.+) denoting aspect of contingency, incapable of translation by a single English word; it denotes that the action of the verb is dependent on some circumstance or condition; the effect of ἄν upon the meaning of its clause depends on the mood and tense/aspect of the verb w. which it is used. The NT use of ἄν corresponds in the main to older Gk., although the rich variety of its employment is limited, as is generally the case in later Greek. In certain constructions (s. aβ) an aspect of certainty is indicated, suggesting the gloss would. In most other instances aspects of varying possibility or conditionality find expression in ways that can be rendered ever, but with other glosses required when ἄν is used in conjunction with other particles.
    ⓐ ἄν w. aor. or impf. indic.
    α. denoting repeated action in past time, but only under certain given conditions, esp. after relatives (B-D-F §367; Rob. index): aor. (Gen 30:42; Num 9:17; 1 Km 14:47; Ezk 10:11) ὅσοι ἂν ἥψαντο αὐτοῦ, ἐσῴζοντο whoever touched him was cured Mk 6:56. Impf. (Ezk 1:20; 1 Macc 13:20; Tob 7:11) ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο εἰς κώμας wherever he went (as he was accustomed to do—ADebrunner, D. hellenist. Nebensatziterativpräteritum mit ἄν: Glotta 11, 1920, 1–28) into villages Mk 6:56. καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν as anyone was in need Ac 2:45; 4:35. Similarly ὡς ἂν ἤγεσθε (v.l. ἀνήγεσθε) 1 Cor 12:2. Cp. also ὅταν 1bγ and δ.
    β. in the apodosis of a contrary to fact (unreal) condition w. εἰ (B-D-F §360; but ἄν is not always used [s. the vv.ll. J 18:36]: §360, 1; Mlt. 199ff; PMelcher, De sermone Epicteteo 1905, 75); it is found
    א. w. impf. (4 Macc 17:7; Bar 3:13; ParJer 5:20; GrBar 6:6; ApcMos 39) οὗτος εἰ ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν ἄν if he were a prophet, he would (now) know (but he does not) Lk 7:39. εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν …, ἐλέγετε ἄν if you had faith …, you would say 17:6. εἰ ἐπιστεύετε Μωϋσεῖ, ἐπιστεύετε ἂν ἐμοί J 5:46. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν πατέρα μου ἄν ᾔδειτε 8:19; cp. vs. 42; 9:41; 15:19. εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην Gal 1:10; cp. 3:21. εἰ ἑαυτοὺς διεκρίνομεν, οὐκ ἂν ἐκρινόμεθα 1 Cor 11:31. εἰ ἦν ἐπὶ γῆς, οὐδʼ ἂν ἦν ἱερεύς if he were on earth, he would not even be a priest Hb 8:4; cp. 4:8; 8:7; 11:15.
    ב. w. aor., placing the assumption in the past (Gen 30:27; Wsd 11:25; Jdth 11:2; 4 Macc 2:20; TestJob 7:9 al.; ParJer 5:5; GrBar 8:7; PGiss 47, 17) εἰ ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις, πάλαι ἂν … μετενόησαν if the miracles had been performed, they would long ago have repented Mt 11:21. εἰ ἔγνωσαν, οὐκ ἂν ἐσταύρωσαν 1 Cor 2:8; cp. Ro 9:29 (Is 1:9). εἰ ἐγνώκειτε, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε if you had recognized, you would not have condemned Mt 12:7. εἰ ἠγαπᾶτέ με, ἐχάρητε ἄν if you loved me, you would have rejoiced J 14:28; cp. 11:21. The plpf. for aor. indic. (PGiss 79 II, 6 εἰ δυνατόν μοι ἦν, οὐκ ἂν ὠκνήκειν; BGU 1141, 27f) εἰ ἦσαν, μεμενήκεισαν ἄν 1J 2:19; cp. J 11:21 v.l.—In κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα Lk 19:23, ἐλθών functions as an unreal-temporal protasis (B-D-F §360, 2); cp. καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμόν Mt 25:27. Sim. ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἂν ἐπαύσαντο προσφερόμεναι; where ἐπεί functions as protasis, otherwise (i.e. if the sacrifices had really brought about a lasting atonement) would they not have ceased to offer sacrifices? Hb 10:2.
    ⓑ ἄν w. subjunc. after relatives, the rel. clause forming virtually the protasis of a conditional sentence (B-D-F §380, 1) of the future more vivid or present general type.
    α. w. fut. or impf. in apodosis, to show that the condition and its results are thought of as in the future, of single and repeated action (IG XIV, 865 [VI B.C.] ὸ̔ς δʼ ἄν με κλέψῃ, τυφλὸς ἔσται; TestAbr B 4 p. 109, 10 [Stone p. 66]). ὸ̔ς δʼ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται but whoever does and teaches=if a person does and teaches it Mt 5:19. ὸ̔ς ἂν ἐσθίῃ …, ἔνοχος ἔσται 1 Cor 11:27. οὓς ἐὰν (v.l. ἂν) δοκιμάσητε, τούτους πέμψω 16:3—Mt 10:11; 1 Cor 16:2.
    β. w. pres. in apodosis, to show that the condition and its results involve repeated action, regardless of the time element: ἃ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ υἱὸς ὁμοίως ποιεῖ whatever he does, the Son does likewise J 5:19. ὅπου ἐὰν (v.l. ἂν) αὐτὸν καταλάβῃ, ῥήσσει αὐτόν wherever it seizes him Mk 9:18. ὑμῖν ἐστὶν ἡ ἐπαγγελία …, ὅσους ἂν προσκαλέσηται κύριος Ac 2:39. ὸ̔ς ἐὰν (v.l. ἂν) βουληθῇ φίλος εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου, ἐχθρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ καθίσταται whoever wishes to be a friend of the world Js 4:4. Cp. ὅπου ἄν 3:4 v.l.—Where ὅς or ὅστις appears w. subj. without ἄν (but cp. IG XII/1, 671 ὸ̔ς ἀνασπαράξῃ τ. τάφον; CPR I, 24, 33; 25, 19; AcThom 93 [Aa II/2, 206], 19; Is 7:2; 31:4), the reading that gives the fut. ind. is prob. the right one: ὅστις τηρήσῃ (v.l.-σει) Js 2:10. ὅσοι (without ἄν PPetr I, 13, 3;5; CPR I, 237, 3; IPergamon 249, 26 ὅσοι … ἐγλίπωσι τὴν πόλιν; Vett. Val. 125, 16): ὅσοι μετανοήσωσιν καὶ καθαρίσωσιν Hs 8, 11, 3 (s. W. and Joly app. for the textual tradition). See Reinhold 108; B-D-F §380, 4.
    ⓒ In temporal clauses ἄν is found w. the subjunct. when an event is to be described which can and will occur, but whose occurrence cannot yet be assumed w. certainty. So
    α. ὅταν (=ὅτε ἄν; s. ὅταν) w. pres. subjunct. to indicate regularly recurring action (Wsd 12:18): ὅταν ἄρτον ἐσθίωσιν whenever they eat bread Mt 15:2. ὅταν λαλῇ τὸ ψεῦδος whenever he tells a lie J 8:44. ὅταν λέγῃ τις whenever anyone says 1 Cor 3:4.—W. aor. subjunct. to express action in the future which is thought of as already completed (Sir Prol. ln. 22; Tob 8:21) ὅταν ποιήσητε πάντα when you have done Lk 17:10. ὅταν ἔλθῃ ὁ κύριος when the owner has come Mt 21:40; ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ Mk 8:38; cp. J 4:25; 16:13; Ac 23:35. ὅταν πάλιν εἰσαγάγῃ τὸν πρωτότοκον Hb 1:6.
    β. ἡνίκα ἄν every time that (Ex 1:10; 33:22; 34:24 al.; POxy 104, 26 [96 A.D.]; PTebt 317, 18 [174/75] ἡνίκα ἐὰν εἰς τὸν νόμον παραγένηται). ἡνίκα ἂν (also ἐάν mss.) ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς every time that Moses is read aloud 2 Cor 3:15; cp. vs. 16.
    γ. ὁσάκις ἐάν as often as: ὁσάκις ἐὰν (also ἄν mss.) πίνητε 1 Cor 11:25. ὁσάκις ἐὰν (also ἄν mss.) ἐσθίητε vs. 26.
    δ. ὡς ἄν as soon as (PHib 59, 2 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; 66, 4; PEleph 9, 3 [III B.C.]; PParis 46, 18 [143 B.C.]; BGU 1209, 13 [23 B.C.]; Josh 2:14; Jdth 11:15; 1 Macc 15:9): ὡς ἂν πορεύωμαι as soon as I travel Ro 15:24. ὡς ἂν ἔλθω as soon as I come 1 Cor 11:34. ὡς ἂν ἀφίδω τὰ περὶ ἐμέ as soon as I see how it will go with me Phil 2:23. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96]) Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.—ἀφʼ οὗ ἄν after Lk 13:25.—In the case of temporal particles indicating a goal, viz. ἕως οὗ, ἄχρις (οὗ), μέχρις (οὗ), the mss. show considerable variation; the addition of ἄν is prob. correct only in rare cases (see B-D-F §383, 2). Only ἕως ἄν (PPetr II, 40a, 28 [III B.C.] ἕως ἂν ὑγιαίνοντας ὑμᾶς ἴδωμεν; Gen 24:14, 19; 49:10; Ex 23:30 al.) has certain attestation: μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε stay until you go away Mt 10:11. ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ Lk 9:27.—Mt 2:13; 5:26. ἕως ἂν λάβῃ Js 5:7 v.l.—ἄχρις οὗ (+ ἄν v.l.) ἔλθῃ 1 Cor 11:26. ἄχρις οὗ (+ ἄν v.l.) θῇ 15:25; ἄχρις οὗ ἂν ἥξω Rv 2:25 (v.l. ἄχρι). ἄχρις ἂν ἔλθῃ (cp. BGU 830, 13 [I A.D.] ἄχρις ἄν σοι ἔλθω) Gal 3:19 v.l.—πρὶν ἄν: πρὶν ἢ ἂν (vv.ll. πρὶν ἄν, πρὶν ἢ, only πρὶν or ἕως ἂν) ἴδῃ τὸν Χριστόν Lk 2:26 (B-D-F §383, 3).
    ⓓ In purpose clauses the Attic (EHermann, Griech. Forschungen I, 1912, 267f; JKnuenz, De enuntiatis Graec. finalibus 1913, 13ff; 26ff) ὅπως ἄν, esp. freq. in earlier ins (Meisterhans3-Schw. 254), has become quite rare (LXX still rather often: Gen 18:19; 50:20; Ex 33:13; Jer 7:23 al.) ὅπως ἂν ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν διαλογισμοί Lk 2:35. ὅπως ἂν ἔλθωσιν καιροί Ac 3:20.—15:17 (Am 9:12 v.l.); Ro 3:4 (Ps 50:6); Mt 6:5 v.l.
    ⓔ The opt. w. ἄν in a main clause (potential opt.) has almost wholly disappeared; a rare ex. is εὐξαίμην (v.l. εὐξάμην) ἄν Ac 26:29 in Paul’s speech before Agrippa (literary usage; s. B-D-F §385, 1; also Rob. 938; Themist. 6 p. 80 D.—On the rarity of the potential opt. in pap, LXX, Apost. Fathers see CHarsing, De Optat. in Chartis Aeg. Usu, diss. Bonn 1910, 28; Reinhold 111). Cp.—also in the literary lang. of Lk—direct rhetor. questions (Gen 23:15; Job 19:23; Sir 25:3; 4 Macc 7:22; 14:10 v.l.; TestJob 13:5 τίς ἄν δώῃ 35:5) πῶς γὰρ ἂν δυναίμην; Ac 8:31. τί ἂν θέλοι οὗτος λέγειν; 17:18. Dg has also preserved the opt. as a mark of elegant style (2:3, 10; 3:3f; 4:5; 7:2f; 8:3). MPol 2:2 has τίς οὐκ ἂν θαυμάσειεν;—More freq. in an indirect question, after an impf. or histor. pres. (B-D-F §386, 1; Rob. 938f) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό what he wanted the child’s name to be Lk 1:62. τίς ἂν εἴη περὶ οὗ λέγει J 13:24. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν which of them was the greatest Lk 9:46; cp. 18:36 v.l. τί ἂν ποιήσαιεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ what they should do to Jesus 6:11. τί ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο Ac 5:24. τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὅραμα 10:17. (IMagnMai 215 [I A.D.] ἐπερωτᾷ … τί ἂν ποιήσας … ἀδεῶς διατελοίη; Esth 3:13c πυθομένου δέ μου … πῶς ἂν ἀχθείη τοῦτο.)
    ⓕ The use of ἄν w. inf. and ptc., freq. in earlier Gk., is not found in the NT at all (B-D-F §396); ἵνα μὴ δόξω ὡς ἂν (or ὡσὰν, q.v.) ἐκφοβεῖν ὑμᾶς 2 Cor 10:9 is surely to be expl. in such a way that ὡς ἂν=Lat. quasi: I would not want it to appear as if I were frightening you; s. B-D-F §453, 3; Mlt. 167.—On εἰ μήτι ἂν (sc. γένηται) ἐκ συμφώνου except perhaps by agreement 1 Cor 7:5 s. B-D-F §376; Mlt. 169.—M-M.
    2
    II. ἄν for ἐάν is rare in Hellen. Gk. (B-D-F §107; Mlt. 43 n. 2; cp. Hyperid. 4, 5; 5, 15; Teles p. 31, 6; Plut., Mor. 547a; Epict., index Schenkl; pap [Mayser 152]; ins, esp. of the Aegean Sea [Rdm.2 198, 3; s. also SIG index IV 204]; 1 Esdr 2:16; 4 Macc 16:11; Jos., Ant. 4, 70; 219; Test12Patr; Mel. Fgm. 8b 24), but appears J 13:20; 16:23; 20:23; as v.l. 5:19; 9:22; 12:32; 19:12; Ac 9:2; and IMg 10:1.—Mlt. 63, 1.—M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἄν

  • 60 touch

    tʌtʃ
    1. сущ.
    1) а) прикосновение delicate touch ≈ нежное, осторожное прикосновение gentle, light, soft touch ≈ мягкое, легкое прикосновение heavy touch ≈ грубое прикосновение б) салки (детская игра) в) осязание sense of touch ≈ чувство осязания г) штрих;
    перен. характерная черта, отметина, печать;
    манера, приемы ( художника и т. п.) personal touch ≈ характерные черты( человека)
    2) а) чуточка, примесь, налет, оттенок, отсвет The expression looked different. One would have said that there was a touch of cruelty in the mouth. ≈ Выражение лица изменилось. Казалось, что в улыбке была едва-едва заметная безжалостность (О.Уайльд, "Портрет Дориана Грея", гл.
    7). There was a touch of bitterness in what he said. ≈ В его словах чувствовалась горечь. б) легкий приступ( болезни) ;
    небольшой ушиб и т. п. a touch of the sun ≈ перегрев
    3) а) общение, соприкосновение Keep in close touch with me. ≈ Не теряйте со мной контакта. I am out of touch with the present situation. ≈ Я не имею представления о настоящей ситуации. to lose touch with ≈ потерять связь, контакт ( с кем-л.) close touch ≈ близкое соприкосновение out of touch with ≈ не иметь представления о чем-л. б) подход (к людям) ;
    такт He has a marvellous touch in dealing with children. ≈ он прекрасно ладит с детьми. в) сл. вымогательство;
    получение денег обманным путем
    4) испытание, проба to put/bring to the touch ≈ подвергнуть испытанию
    5) муз. туше
    6) спорт площадь за боковыми линиями футбольного и т. п. поля ∙ in touch within touch
    2. гл.
    1) а) (при) касаться, трогать, притрагиваться б) соприкасаться;
    геом. касаться, быть касательной в) притрагиваться к еде, есть He has not touched food for two days. ≈ Он два дня ничего не ел. I couldn't touch anything. ≈ Я не был голоден.
    2) а) касаться, слегка затрагивать (тему, вопрос) б) трогать, волновать, задевать за живое в) касаться, иметь отношение( к чему-л.) How does this touch me? ≈ Какое это имеет отношение ко мне?
    3) а) обыкн. страд. быть слегка испорченным Leaves are touched with frost. ≈ Листья тронуты морозом. He is slightly touched. ≈ У него не все дома. б) слегка окрашивать;
    придавать какой-л. легкий оттенок в) оказывать воздействие Nothing will touch these stains. ≈ Этих пятен ничем не выведешь.
    4) а) разг. получать, добывать (деньги, особ. в долг или мошенничеством) (for) He touched me for a large sum of money. ≈ Он занял, выклянчил у меня большую сумму (денег). б) получать (жалованье) He touches L2 6s a week. ≈ Он получает 2 фунта 6 шиллингов в неделю.
    5) сравниться;
    достичь такого же высокого уровня There is nothing to touch sea air for bracing you up. ≈ Нет ничего полезнее морского воздуха для укрепления здоровья. ∙ touch at touch bottom touch down touch for touch in touch off touch on touch up touch upon touch wood to touch smb. on a sore/tender place ≈ задеть кого-л. за живое прикосновение;
    касание - at a * при (первом) прикосновении - a * of /with/ a stick прикосновение палочкой - a * to the cap приветствие прикосновением к шапке - to give a * прикоснуться - to give one's horse a * of the spurs слегка пришпорить коня - he felt a cold * on his arm он почувствовал на руке холодное прикосновение - momentary * (of the shoulders to the mat) кратковременное соприкосновение лопаток с ковром (спортивная борьба) осязание - * is the fifth of our senses осязание - наше пятое чувство - soft to the * мягкий на ощупь - to know smth. by (the) * узнать что-л. на ощупь - he has a delicate sense of * у него очень чувствительная кожа, у него очень развито осязание /чувство осязания/ чувствительность;
    чуткость, такт - she has a wonderful * with chldren она удивительно тактична с детьми тактильное ощущение - the velvety * of fabric бархатистость ткани - the cold * of marble холод мрамора соприкосновение, общение;
    связь, контакт - in * with smb. в контакте с кем-л. - I'll be in * я далеко не уеду, я дам о себе знать - to get in /into/ * with smb. связаться с кем-л. - to keep in * with smb. поддерживать связь /контакт/ с кем-л. - I can't get in * with him никак не могу поймать его - to put smb. in * with smb. познакомить /связать/ кого-л. с кем-л. - to be out of * /to lose */ with smb. потерять связь /не общаться/ с кем-л. - to lose * with the older generation терять контакты со старшим поколением - have you lost * with your friends back home? вы потеряли связь с друзьями на родине? знание, понимание, контроль - to be in * with the situation быть в курсе дел;
    знать, как идут дела - to keep smb. in * with smth. держать кого-л. в курсе дел - to be out of * with smth. быть не в курсе дел;
    перестать следить за чем-л. - to be out of * with modern methods не знать современных методов, не владеть /не уметь пользоваться/ современными методами - to lose * with reality утратить представление о действительности, жить в мире грез штрих;
    черточка;
    деталь - vivid *es in the story живые детали в рассказе - a few deft *es несколько искусных штрихов - to put /to give/ the finishing /the final/ *es to smth., to add the final * to smth. добавлять последние штрихи к чему-л., отделывать что-л.;
    заканчивать /завершать/ что-л. характерная черта - the personal * характерная черта (человека) - * of nature черта характера - a characteristic * in speech характерная нотка в речи - a dress with individual * about it платье с выдумкой - a man with a * of good breeding хорошо воспитанный человек, человек с прекрасными манерами (художественная) манера, стиль;
    прием;
    сноровка - a sculptor with a bold * скульптор со смелым резцом - he writes with a light * он пишет просто /доходчиво/ - I know the *es of his tools я знаю его работу - one can easily recognize the * of the master легко можно узнать руку большого художника - a tennis player who has lost his * теннисист, утративший свой стиль - his room needs a woman's * этой комнате не хватает женской руки;
    в этой комнате не чувствуется присутствия женщины( разговорное) особый фасон или манера - the latest * последний крик моды( музыкальное) туше - firm * уверенное туше эффект туше или удара - a piano with a stiff * фортепьяно с тугими клавишами - the typewriter has a light * у этой (пишущей) машинки легкая клавиатура чуточка;
    примесь;
    оттенок, налет - a * of garlic привкус чеснока - a * of perfume слабый запах /аромат/ духов - a * of irony оттенок иронии - an acid * in smb.'s voice кислая нотка в голосе - the first *es of autumn первые признаки осени - to have a * of colour быть слегка окрашенным - there's a * of colour in her cheeks ее щеки слегка порозовели - there was a * of frost in the air чувствовался легкий морозец, слегка морозило - there was a * of the Dane about him в нем было что-то от датчанина - his hope is a * too wild его надежды немножко беспочвенны - ask me no more, for at a * I yield не просите меня больше, еще слово - и я уступлю легкий приступ (болезни) ;
    небольшой ушиб и т. п. - a * of the sun легкий солнечный удар - a * of rheumatism слабый /небольшой/ приступ ревматизма - * of fever небольшой жар, температурка - he has a * of flu он немного простужен (разговорное) сумма - the dinner was a guinea * обед обошелся в гинею (сленг) деньги, полученные взаймы или выпрошенные;
    деньги, полученные мошенническим путем - to come for a * прийти с целью поживиться - to make a *, to put the * (on smb.) подзанять денег (у кого-л.) ;
    выклянчить/ выцыганить/ деньги (у кого-л.) (сленг) мошенничество, обман, надувательство - it's a * меня надули, меня объегорили качественная проба (золота, серебра и др. металлов) метка, клеймо, проба ( на золоте, серебре и др. металлах) проба на степень густоты сиропа (в сахароварении) (устаревшее) пробный камень (медицина) ощупывание;
    пальпация намагничивание( прикосновение предмета к магниту) (спортивное) площадь, лежащая за боковыми линиями футбольного поля - to kick the ball into * выбить мяч за боковую линию (спортивное) боковая линия - out of * за боковой линией > easy /soft/ * человек, легко дающий деньги в долг;
    слабое место, слабое звено > he's an easy /soft/ * у него легко занять деньги;
    его легко надуть > he thinks you're a soft * in the family он думает, что ты в нашей семье - слабое место > common *, * of elbows чувство локтя > a near * опасное /рискованное/ положение;
    опасность, которую едва удалось избежать > rum * странный /эксцентричный/ человек;
    странное дело > in /within/ * близко, под рукой;
    доступно, достижимо > to put to the * подвергнуть испытанию немного, чуточку - to aim a * too low прицелиться чуть-чуть ниже, чем нужно касаться, трогать, прикасаться, притрагиваться - to * slightly слегка прикоснуться - to * the ball (спортивное) задеть мяч, коснуться мяча - to * a thing with the hand трогать вещь рукой - to * land приземлиться - to * the horse with the spur, to * one's spurs to the horse слегка пришпорить коня - to * a person on the arm привлечь чье-л. внимание, коснувшись руки - he *ed his lute /the strings of his lute/ delicately он нежно коснулся струн лютни касаться, соприкасаться - the two ships *ed два судна соприкоснулись - our palms *ed наши ладони коснулись друг друга быть каким-л. на ощупь - the rock *es rough скала кажется шершавой на ощупь (обычно отриц. или вопр.) трогать (пальцами, руками) - visitors are requested not to * the exhibits посетителей просят не трогать руками экспонаты - nothing must be *ed until the police have come нельзя ничего трогать до прихода полиции (обычно отриц. или вопр.) притрагиваться (к еде, вину и т. п.) ;
    есть, пить - he has not *ed food for two days два дня он ничего не ел - I couldn't * anything я не мог ничего есть - he never *es a drop он не пьет ни капли( обычно отриц. или вопр.) тронуть, ударить - don't * her! только посмей тронуть ее! - he swears he never *ed the child он клянется, что никогда не трогал ребенка (обычно отриц. или вопр.) заниматься( чем-л.), делать( что-л.) ;
    брать в руки;
    прикасаться - we have not been able to * our work all day за весь день мы не смогли прикоснуться к работе - I haven't *ed the piano for a long time я давно не играл на пианино - he had never *ed a card before then до этого он вообще не брал в руки карт( обычно отриц. или вопр.) касаться, иметь половые отношения - I doubt it he had ever *ed a woman before his marriage сомневаюсь, что он имел дело с женщинами до женитьбы соприкасаться, примыкать, граничить - his garden *es mine его сад граничит с моим - the country *es mountains on the north с севера страну замыкают /к стране примыкают/ горы достигать;
    доставать - can you * the ceiling? вы можете достать до потолка? - to * bottom коснуться дна достигать, доходить до, равняться - the thermometer *ed 30 degrees yesterday вчера термометр поднялся до 30 градусов - he *es 6 feet он шести футов ростом равняться, идти в сравнение с - there is nothing to * sea air for bracing you up нет ничего полезнее морского воздуха для укрепления здоровья - is there one of you that could * him? разве кто-нибудь из вас может сравниться с ним? - my cooking can't * yours мое кулинарное искусство не идет в сравнение с вашим иметь отношение (к чему-л.) - the question *es you nearly вопрос близко касается вас - the new law doesn't * the case at all новый закон никак не распространяется на этот случай;
    этот случай совершенно не подходит под новый закон - how does this * me? какое это имеет ко мне отношение? - I won't * that business я не хочу иметь ничего общего с этим делом влиять, оказывать влияние - his war experiences seem not to have *ed him at all военные переживания не оставили никакого следа в его душе - alert to everything that *ed his personal honour чувствительный ко всему, что затрагивало его честь оказывать физическое воздействие - nothing will * these stains эти пятна ничем не выведешь - this acid will not * silver эта кислота не действует на серебро - this metal is so hard that a file cannot * it металл настолько твердый, что напильник его не берет обыкн. р.р. наносить вред, ущерб;
    слегка портить - the leaves are *es with frost листья тронуты морозом - the paintings were not *ed by the fire огонь не тронул картин - this horse is slightly *ed in the wind у этой лошади дыхание немного не в порядке /не все в порядке с дыханием/ обыкн. р.р. действовать на психику - he is slightly *ed он немного не в себе, у него не все дома - the fright has *ed his wits он помешался от испуга обыкн. р.р. легко ранить, задеть - no soldiers were *ed in the skirmish ни один солдат в стычке не пострадал трогать, волновать - the sad story *ed her heart эта печальная история взволновала ее - he was *ed by her kindness он был тронут ее добротой - no memory of the past *ed him картины прошлого не волновали его - he was *ed to tears он был растроган до слез - his repentance *ed me to the heart его раскаяние тронуло меня до глубины души задевать за живое;
    сердить, раздражать - his vanity was *ed no less than his sense of duty его тщеславие было задето не меньше, чем его чувство долга - to * smb. to the quick, to * smb. home, to * smb. on a raw /on a sore, on a tender/ place, to * smb. on the raw задеть кого-л. за живое, задеть чье-л. больное место;
    уязвить кого-л. до глубины души обыкн. р.р. слегка окрашивать;
    придавать оттенок - clouds *ed with pink розоватые облака обыкн. р.р. подмешивать, примешивать - admiration *ed with envy восхищение, к которому примешивается зависть, восхищение с оттенком зависти ставить пробу, клеймо, метку (на металле) (редкое) упоминать, намекать( медицина) ощупывать, пальпировать (математика) касаться, быть касательной (спортивное) наносить удар (фехтование) - to * one's opponent коснуться противника (рапирой) (устаревшее) намагничивать( прикосновением к магниту) затрагивать (тему, вопрос) - we *ed many topics in our talk в разговоре мы коснулись многих тем - he merely *ed the subject он лишь затронул вопрос наносить (линии, штрихи) изменять, подправлять, перекрашивать( штрихами, мазками) давать сигнал( звонком, горном) - to * the bell нажать на кнопку звонка получать (жалованье, стипендию) - he *es $2 a week он получает два доллара в неделю быть следующим за чем-л. (о мастях карт и т. п.) - diamonds * hearts бубны следуют за червями /идут сразу после червей/ (морское) плыть круто к ветру (о парусниках) - to touch at a port заходить в порт( о судах) - what ports did your boat * at on your trip? в какие порты заходил ваш пароход во время путешествия? - to touch smb. for smth. (разговорное) выпрашивать, клянчить, занимать, выманивать что-л. у кого-л.;
    (амер) воровать, красть, вынимать из кармана что-л. у кого-л. - he *ed John for a dollar он заставил Джона раскошелиться на доллар - he *ed me for a large sum of money он занял /выклянчил/ у меня большую сумму денег - to * smb. for his watch вынуть у кого-л. (из кармана) часы, срезать часы у кого-л. - to touch (up) on smth. затрагивать, касаться, упоминать что-л.;
    влиять, оказывать влияние на что-л.;
    иметь отношение к чему-л.;
    подходить близко, граничить с чем-л.;
    доходить до, достигать (о температуре и т. п.) - I have already *ed on these questions я уже говорил об этом - the revolution *ed on almost all aspects of human activity революция затронула почти все аспекты человеческой деятельности - his actions * on treason его действия граничат с предательством, его действия - почти предательство - to touch one's hat to smb. коснуться шляпы, приподнять шляпу в знак приветствия - to touch smth. to smth. подносить что-л. к чему-л. - he *ed a lighted match to the candle он поднес зажженную спичку к свече > to * and go коснуться дна;
    выиграть один шанс из тысячи;
    едва удаться > to * shore подплыть к берегу > to * bottom дойти до предельно низкого уровня (о ценах) ;
    опуститься;
    добраться до сути дела;
    (авиация) (жаргон) разбиться > our hopes *ed bottom надежда в нас едва теплилась > to * pitch иметь дело с сомнительным предприятием или субъектом > to * the spot попасть в цель, соответствовать своему назначению;
    понять суть дела;
    найти корень зла > a glass of iced beer *es the spot on a hot day стакан холодного пива - незаменимая вещь в жаркий день > to * wood пытаться умилостивить судьбу, стучать по дереву, чтобы не накликать беду > * wood! не сглазьте!;
    постучите по дереву! > I would not * him with a barge-pole /with a pair of tongs, (американизм) with a ten foot pole/ он мне противен /омерзителен/ > to * the wind (морское) заполаскивать (о парусах) ~ слегка окрашивать;
    придавать оттенок;
    clouds touched with rose розоватые облака ~ typist машинистка, работающая по слепому методу;
    common touch чувство локтя ~ соприкосновение, общение;
    in touch (with smb.) в контакте (с кем-л.) ;
    to get in touch (with smb.) связаться( с кем-л.) ~ подход (к людям) ;
    такт;
    he has a marvellous touch in dealing with children он прекрасно ладит с детьми ~ притрагиваться к еде, есть;
    he has not touched food for two days он два дня ничего не ел;
    I couldn't touch anything я не был голоден ~ (обыкн. pass.) слегка портить;
    leaves are touched with frost листья тронуты морозом;
    he is slightly touched = у него не все дома ~ разг. получать, добывать (деньги, особ. в долг или мошенничеством;
    for) ;
    he touched me for a large sum of money он занял, выклянчил у меня большую сумму (денег) to ~ (smb.) on a sore (или tender) place задеть (кого-л.) за живое;
    he touches six feet он шести футов ростом ~ касаться, иметь отношение (к чему-л.) ;
    how does this touch me? какое это имеет отношение ко мне? ~ притрагиваться к еде, есть;
    he has not touched food for two days он два дня ничего не ел;
    I couldn't touch anything я не был голоден ~ спорт. площадь за боковыми линиями (футбольного и т. п.) поля;
    in touch за боковой линией ~ соприкосновение, общение;
    in touch (with smb.) в контакте (с кем-л.) ;
    to get in touch (with smb.) связаться (с кем-л.) in (или within) ~ близко, под рукой in (или within) ~ доступно, достижимо;
    near touch опасность, которую едва удалось избежать;
    no touch (to smth.) ничто по сравнению( с чем-л.), не выдерживает никакой критики ~ (обыкн. pass.) слегка портить;
    leaves are touched with frost листья тронуты морозом;
    he is slightly touched = у него не все дома to lose ~ (with smb.) потерять связь, контакт (с кем-л.) in (или within) ~ доступно, достижимо;
    near touch опасность, которую едва удалось избежать;
    no touch (to smth.) ничто по сравнению( с чем-л.), не выдерживает никакой критики in (или within) ~ доступно, достижимо;
    near touch опасность, которую едва удалось избежать;
    no touch (to smth.) ничто по сравнению (с чем-л.), не выдерживает никакой критики ~ оказывать воздействие;
    nothing will touch these stains этих пятен ничем не выведешь ~ характерная черта;
    the touch of a poet поэтическая струнка;
    personal touch характерные черты (человека) ~ штрих;
    to put the finishing touches (to) делать последние штрихи, отделывать;
    заканчивать ~ проба, испытание;
    to put (или to bring) to the touch подвергнуть испытанию ~ осязание;
    soft to the touch мягкий на ощупь ~ сравниться;
    достичь такого же высокого уровня;
    there is nothing to touch sea air for bracing you up нет ничего полезнее морского воздуха для укрепления здоровья ~ чуточка;
    примесь;
    оттенок, налет;
    a touch of salt чуточка соли;
    there was a touch of bitterness in what he said в его словах чувствовалась горечь touch sl вымогательство;
    получение денег обманным путем ~ геом. касаться, быть касательной;
    touch at мор. заходить( в порт) ;
    touch down приземлиться, коснуться земли ~ геом. касаться, быть касательной;
    touch at мор. заходить (в порт) ;
    touch down приземлиться, коснуться земли ~ характерная черта;
    the touch of a poet поэтическая струнка;
    personal touch характерные черты (человека) ~ чуточка;
    примесь;
    оттенок, налет;
    a touch of salt чуточка соли;
    there was a touch of bitterness in what he said в его словах чувствовалась горечь ~ легкий приступ (болезни) ;
    небольшой ушиб;
    a touch of the sun перегрев ~ up взволновать;
    touch upon = touch on;
    to touch shore подплыть к берегу ~ (при) касаться, трогать, притрагиваться;
    соприкасаться;
    to touch one's hat (to smb.) приветствовать( кого-л.), приподнимая шляпу ~ up взволновать;
    touch upon = touch on;
    to touch shore подплыть к берегу ~ доходить до ~ геом. касаться, быть касательной;
    touch at мор. заходить (в порт) ;
    touch down приземлиться, коснуться земли ~ касаться, иметь отношение (к чему-л.) ;
    how does this touch me? какое это имеет отношение ко мне? ~ касаться, слегка затрагивать (тему, вопрос) ~ (при) касаться, трогать, притрагиваться;
    соприкасаться;
    to touch one's hat (to smb.) приветствовать (кого-л.), приподнимая шляпу ~ касаться ~ контакт ~ легкий приступ (болезни) ;
    небольшой ушиб;
    a touch of the sun перегрев ~ манера, приемы (художника и т. п.) ~ оказывать воздействие;
    nothing will touch these stains этих пятен ничем не выведешь ~ осязание;
    soft to the touch мягкий на ощупь ~ подход (к людям) ;
    такт;
    he has a marvellous touch in dealing with children он прекрасно ладит с детьми ~ получать (жалованье) ~ разг. получать, добывать (деньги, особ. в долг или мошенничеством;
    for) ;
    he touched me for a large sum of money он занял, выклянчил у меня большую сумму (денег) ~ спорт. площадь за боковыми линиями (футбольного и т. п.) поля;
    in touch за боковой линией ~ прикосновение ~ притрагиваться к еде, есть;
    he has not touched food for two days он два дня ничего не ел;
    I couldn't touch anything я не был голоден ~ проба, испытание;
    to put (или to bring) to the touch подвергнуть испытанию ~ разница между лучшей ценой продавца и лучшей ценой покупателя по конкретному виду ценных бумаг ~ салки (детская игра;
    тж. touch and run) ~ связь ~ слегка окрашивать;
    придавать оттенок;
    clouds touched with rose розоватые облака ~ (обыкн. pass.) слегка портить;
    leaves are touched with frost листья тронуты морозом;
    he is slightly touched = у него не все дома ~ соприкосновение, общение;
    in touch (with smb.) в контакте (с кем-л.) ;
    to get in touch (with smb.) связаться (с кем-л.) ~ соприкосновение ~ сравниться;
    достичь такого же высокого уровня;
    there is nothing to touch sea air for bracing you up нет ничего полезнее морского воздуха для укрепления здоровья ~ трогать, волновать, задевать за живое ~ муз. туше ~ характерная черта;
    the touch of a poet поэтическая струнка;
    personal touch характерные черты (человека) ~ чуточка;
    примесь;
    оттенок, налет;
    a touch of salt чуточка соли;
    there was a touch of bitterness in what he said в его словах чувствовалась горечь ~ штрих;
    to put the finishing touches (to) делать последние штрихи, отделывать;
    заканчивать ~ at a port заходить в порт ~ off быстро набросать;
    передать сходство ~ off вызвать( спор и т. п.) ~ off вызывать спор ~ off выпалить( из пушки) ~ off давать отбой (по телефону) ~ off дать отбой( по телефону) ~ on граничить (с чем-л.) (напр., с дерзостью) ~ on затрагивать, касаться вкратце (вопроса и т. п.) to ~ (smb.) on a sore (или tender) place задеть (кого-л.) за живое;
    he touches six feet он шести футов ростом to ~ pitch иметь дело с сомнительным предприятием или субъектом;
    to touch the spot попасть в цель;
    соответствовать своему назначению ~ typist машинистка, работающая по слепому методу;
    common touch чувство локтя ~ up взволновать;
    touch upon = touch on;
    to touch shore подплыть к берегу ~ up заканчивать ~ up исправлять, заканчивать, отделывать, класть последние штрихи, мазки ~ up исправлять ~ up напомнить, натолкнуть ~ up отделывать ~ up подстегнуть (лошадь) to ~ wood пытаться умилостивить судьбу, предотвратить дурное предзнаменование;
    touch wood! не сглазьте! to ~ pitch иметь дело с сомнительным предприятием или субъектом;
    to touch the spot попасть в цель;
    соответствовать своему назначению ~ up взволновать;
    touch upon = touch on;
    to touch shore подплыть к берегу to ~ wood пытаться умилостивить судьбу, предотвратить дурное предзнаменование;
    touch wood! не сглазьте!

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > touch

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Case for Peace — The Case for Peace: How The Arab Israeli Conflict Can Be Resolved is the sequel to The Case for Israel by Alan Dershowitz, Felix Frankfurter Professor of Law at Harvard Law School. The book champions the two state solution and has been endorsed… …   Wikipedia

  • The Facts in the Case of M. Valdemar — Infobox Book | name = The Facts in the Case of M. Valdemar title orig = translator = image caption = Illustration for The Facts in the Case of M. Valdemar by Harry Clarke, 1919. author = Edgar Allan Poe country = flagicon|USA United States… …   Wikipedia

  • The Case of the Franks — Infobox Television episode Colour = #ffaa44 Series = The O.C. Title = The Case of the Franks Season = 4 (2007) Caption = Frank, Julie, Bullit, Ryan and Taylor at the Yacht Club Episode = 13 Airdate = February 1, 2007 (FOX) Writer = J. J. Philbin… …   Wikipedia

  • Statements about the persecution of Bahá'ís — The persecution of Bahá ís refers to the religious persecution of Bahá ís in various countries, especially in Iran, the location of one of the largest Bahá í populations in the world. The Bahá í Faith originated in Iran, and represents the… …   Wikipedia

  • The Mole (U.S. season 2) — The Mole: The Next Betrayal Country of origin  United States No. of episodes 13 …   Wikipedia

  • Rumours and conspiracy theories about the July 2005 London bombings — As is common following major terrorist attacks and other catastrophes, there were many questions, rumours and theories about the July 2005 London bombings, principally on the internet.Conspiracy theoriesWithholding evidenceAmongst complaints that …   Wikipedia

  • The Maltese Double Cross – Lockerbie — The Maltese Double Cross Lockerbie is a documentary film about the 1988 bombing of Pan Am Flight 103.Produced, written, and directed by Allan Francovich and financed by Tiny Rowland, the film was released by Hemar Enterprises in November 1994. [… …   Wikipedia

  • The New York Ripper — Italian theatrical poster Directed by Lucio Fulci Produced by Fab …   Wikipedia

  • The Sleeper Awakes — (1910) is a dystopian novel by H. G. Wells about a man who sleeps for two hundred and three years, waking up in a completely transformed London, where, because of compound interest on his bank accounts, he has become the richest man in the world …   Wikipedia

  • The Maltese Double Cross — – Lockerbie is a documentary film about the 1988 bombing of Pan Am Flight 103. Produced, written, and directed by Allan Francovich and financed by Tiny Rowland, the film was released by Hemar Enterprises in November 1994.[1] Though it was never… …   Wikipedia

  • The Shining (film) — The Shining Theatrical release poster Directed by Stanley Kubrick Produced by Stanle …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»